# Copyright (C) 2000,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Tzafrir Cohen , 2000. # Gil 'Dolfin' Osher , 2002 # Yaron Shahrabani , 2011. # Yosef Or Boczko , 2013-2021. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+.HEAD.he\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk/-/issues/\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-01-23 10:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-03-29 00:29+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yosef Or Boczko \n" "Language-Team: Hebrew \n" "Language: he\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n>2||n==0) ? 1 : 2\n" "X-Generator: Gtranslator 3.38.0\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" #: gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c:133 gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:155 gdk/gdkseat.c:201 #: gdk/gdkseat.c:202 gdk/gdksurface.c:522 gdk/gdksurface.c:523 #: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:234 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:993 #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:994 gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:191 gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:144 #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:815 msgid "Display" msgstr "Display" #: gdk/gdkcursor.c:183 gtk/gtktexttag.c:616 msgid "Fallback" msgstr "Fallback" #: gdk/gdkcursor.c:184 msgid "Cursor image to fall back to if this cursor cannot be displayed" msgstr "Cursor image to fall back to if this cursor cannot be displayed" #: gdk/gdkcursor.c:191 msgid "Hotspot X" msgstr "Hotspot X" #: gdk/gdkcursor.c:192 msgid "Horizontal offset of the cursor hotspot" msgstr "Horizontal offset of the cursor hotspot" #: gdk/gdkcursor.c:199 msgid "Hotspot Y" msgstr "Hotspot Y" #: gdk/gdkcursor.c:200 msgid "Vertical offset of the cursor hotspot" msgstr "Vertical offset of the cursor hotspot" #: gdk/gdkcursor.c:207 gtk/gtkcssnode.c:612 gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:236 #: gtk/gtkfilefilter.c:233 gtk/gtkprinter.c:119 gtk/gtkstack.c:411 #: gtk/gtktextmark.c:135 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" #: gdk/gdkcursor.c:208 #| msgid "Display of this cursor" msgid "Name of this cursor" msgstr "Name of this cursor" #: gdk/gdkcursor.c:215 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:225 #| msgid "Text" msgid "Texture" msgstr "Texture" #: gdk/gdkcursor.c:216 #| msgid "Display of this cursor" msgid "The texture displayed by this cursor" msgstr "The texture displayed by this cursor" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:124 msgid "Device Display" msgstr "Device Display" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:125 msgid "Display which the device belongs to" msgstr "Display which the device belongs to" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:136 gdk/gdkdevice.c:137 msgid "Device name" msgstr "Device name" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:149 msgid "Input source" msgstr "Input source" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:150 msgid "Source type for the device" msgstr "Source type for the device" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:163 msgid "Whether the device has a cursor" msgstr "Whether the device has a cursor" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:164 msgid "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion" msgstr "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:176 gdk/gdkdevice.c:177 msgid "Number of axes in the device" msgstr "Number of axes in the device" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:189 gdk/gdkdevice.c:190 msgid "Vendor ID" msgstr "Vendor ID" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:202 gdk/gdkdevice.c:203 msgid "Product ID" msgstr "Product ID" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:215 gdk/gdkdevice.c:216 msgid "Seat" msgstr "Seat" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:230 gdk/gdkdevice.c:231 msgid "Number of concurrent touches" msgstr "Number of concurrent touches" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:239 msgid "Tool" msgstr "Tool" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:240 msgid "The tool that is currently used with this device" msgstr "The tool that is currently used with this device" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:246 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:390 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:687 msgid "Direction" msgstr "Direction" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:247 #| msgid "The pack direction of the menubar" msgid "The direction of the current layout of the keyboard" msgstr "The direction of the current layout of the keyboard" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:253 msgid "Has bidi layouts" msgstr "Has bidi layouts" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:254 #| msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity" msgid "Whether the keyboard has bidi layouts" msgstr "Whether the keyboard has bidi layouts" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:260 #| msgid "Caps Lock warning" msgid "Caps lock state" msgstr "Caps lock state" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:261 #| msgid "Whether the cell background color is set" msgid "Whether the keyboard caps lock is on" msgstr "Whether the keyboard caps lock is on" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:267 msgid "Num lock state" msgstr "Num lock state" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:268 #| msgid "Whether the view is loading locations" msgid "Whether the keyboard num lock is on" msgstr "Whether the keyboard num lock is on" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:274 #| msgid "Scroll offset" msgid "Scroll lock state" msgstr "Scroll lock state" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:275 #| msgid "Whether the border should be shown" msgid "Whether the keyboard scroll lock is on" msgstr "Whether the keyboard scroll lock is on" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:281 #| msgid "Radio state" msgid "Modifier state" msgstr "Modifier state" #: gdk/gdkdevice.c:282 #| msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator" msgid "The modifier state of the keyboard" msgstr "The modifier state of the keyboard" #: gdk/gdkdisplay.c:165 gdk/gdkdisplay.c:166 #| msgid "Composite child" msgid "Composited" msgstr "Composited" #: gdk/gdkdisplay.c:178 gdk/gdkdisplay.c:179 #| msgid "Xft RGBA" msgid "RGBA" msgstr "RGBA" #: gdk/gdkdisplay.c:191 gdk/gdkdisplay.c:192 #| msgid "Input source" msgid "Input shapes" msgstr "Input shapes" #: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:161 msgid "Default Display" msgstr "Default Display" #: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:162 msgid "The default display for GDK" msgstr "The default display for GDK" #: gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:156 #| msgid "The GDK display used to create the GL context" msgid "The GDK display used to create the context" msgstr "The GDK display used to create the context" #: gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:168 msgid "Surface" msgstr "Surface" #: gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:169 #| msgid "The GDK window bound to the GL context" msgid "The GDK surface bound to the context" msgstr "The GDK surface bound to the context" #: gdk/gdkglcontext.c:426 msgid "Shared context" msgstr "Shared context" #: gdk/gdkglcontext.c:427 msgid "The GL context this context shares data with" msgstr "The GL context this context shares data with" #: gdk/gdkpopup.c:85 gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:175 msgid "Parent" msgstr "Parent" #: gdk/gdkpopup.c:86 #| msgid "The parent style context" msgid "The parent surface" msgstr "The parent surface" #: gdk/gdkpopup.c:91 gtk/gtkpopover.c:1678 #| msgid "Auto render" msgid "Autohide" msgstr "Autohide" #: gdk/gdkpopup.c:92 #| msgid "Whether the header can be clicked" msgid "Whether to hide on outside clicks" msgstr "Whether to hide on outside clicks" #: gdk/gdksurface.c:509 gdk/gdksurface.c:510 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1339 msgid "Cursor" msgstr "Cursor" #: gdk/gdksurface.c:529 gdk/gdksurface.c:530 #| msgid "FrameClock" msgid "Frame Clock" msgstr "Frame Clock" #: gdk/gdksurface.c:536 gdk/gdksurface.c:537 msgid "Mapped" msgstr "Mapped" #: gdk/gdksurface.c:543 gdk/gdksurface.c:544 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:300 msgid "Width" msgstr "Width" #: gdk/gdksurface.c:550 gdk/gdksurface.c:551 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:333 msgid "Height" msgstr "Height" #: gdk/gdksurface.c:557 gdk/gdksurface.c:558 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1585 msgid "Scale factor" msgstr "Scale factor" #: gdk/gdktoplevel.c:124 gdk/gdktoplevel.c:125 gtk/gtkcssnode.c:617 #: gtk/gtkswitch.c:541 msgid "State" msgstr "State" #: gdk/macos/gdkmacosdrag.c:599 gdk/macos/gdkmacosdrag.c:600 #| msgid "Surface" msgid "Drag Surface" msgstr "Drag Surface" #: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:235 #| msgid "Display of this cursor" msgid "The display that will use this cursor" msgstr "The display that will use this cursor" #: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:241 #| msgid "Wide Handle" msgid "Handle" msgstr "Handle" #: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:242 #| msgid "The URI bound to this button" msgid "The HCURSOR handle for this cursor" msgstr "The HCURSOR handle for this cursor" #: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:247 #| msgid "Deletable" msgid "Destroyable" msgstr "Destroyable" #: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:248 msgid "Whether calling DestroyCursor() is allowed on this cursor" msgstr "Whether calling DestroyCursor() is allowed on this cursor" #: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:157 msgid "Opcode" msgstr "Opcode" #: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:158 msgid "Opcode for XInput2 requests" msgstr "Opcode for XInput2 requests" #: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:165 msgid "Major" msgstr "Major" #: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:166 msgid "Major version number" msgstr "Major version number" #: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:173 msgid "Minor" msgstr "Minor" #: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:174 msgid "Minor version number" msgstr "Minor version number" #: gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:118 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Device ID" #: gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:119 msgid "Device identifier" msgstr "Device identifier" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:375 msgid "Program name" msgstr "Program name" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:376 msgid "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" msgstr "" "The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to " "g_get_application_name()" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "Program version" msgstr "Program version" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:388 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "The version of the program" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:399 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "Copyright string" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:400 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "Copyright information for the program" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:413 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "Comments string" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:414 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "Comments about the program" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:436 msgid "License" msgstr "License" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:437 msgid "The license of the program" msgstr "The license of the program" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:455 msgid "System Information" msgstr "System Information" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:456 msgid "Information about the system on which the program is running" msgstr "Information about the system on which the program is running" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:481 msgid "License Type" msgstr "License Type" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:482 msgid "The license type of the program" msgstr "The license type of the program" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:495 msgid "Website URL" msgstr "Website URL" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:496 msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "The URL for the link to the website of the program" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:507 msgid "Website label" msgstr "Website label" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:508 msgid "The label for the link to the website of the program" msgstr "The label for the link to the website of the program" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:521 msgid "Authors" msgstr "Authors" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:522 msgid "List of authors of the program" msgstr "List of authors of the program" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:535 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "Documenters" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:536 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "List of people documenting the program" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:549 msgid "Artists" msgstr "Artists" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:550 msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" msgstr "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:563 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "Translator credits" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:564 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:576 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:577 #| msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgid "A logo for the about box." msgstr "A logo for the about box." #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:589 msgid "Logo Icon Name" msgstr "Logo Icon Name" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:590 msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." msgstr "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box." #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:601 msgid "Wrap license" msgstr "Wrap license" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:602 msgid "Whether to wrap the license text." msgstr "Whether to wrap the license text." #: gtk/gtkactionable.c:69 msgid "Action name" msgstr "Action name" #: gtk/gtkactionable.c:70 #| msgid "The name of the associated action, like 'app.quit'" msgid "The name of the associated action, like “app.quit”" msgstr "The name of the associated action, like “app.quit”" #: gtk/gtkactionable.c:74 msgid "Action target value" msgstr "Action target value" #: gtk/gtkactionable.c:75 msgid "The parameter for action invocations" msgstr "The parameter for action invocations" #: gtk/gtkactionbar.c:154 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:377 msgid "Reveal" msgstr "Reveal" #: gtk/gtkactionbar.c:155 msgid "Controls whether the action bar shows its contents or not" msgstr "Controls whether the action bar shows its contents or not" #: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:139 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:621 #: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:686 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:204 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:421 msgid "Value" msgstr "Value" #: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:140 msgid "The value of the adjustment" msgstr "The value of the adjustment" #: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:152 msgid "Minimum Value" msgstr "Minimum Value" #: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:153 msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment" msgstr "The minimum value of the adjustment" #: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:168 msgid "Maximum Value" msgstr "Maximum Value" #: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:169 msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment" msgstr "The maximum value of the adjustment" #: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:181 msgid "Step Increment" msgstr "Step Increment" #: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:182 msgid "The step increment of the adjustment" msgstr "The step increment of the adjustment" #: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:194 msgid "Page Increment" msgstr "Page Increment" #: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:195 msgid "The page increment of the adjustment" msgstr "The page increment of the adjustment" #: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:210 msgid "Page Size" msgstr "Page Size" #: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:211 msgid "The page size of the adjustment" msgstr "The page size of the adjustment" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:678 #| msgid "Include an 'Other…' item" msgid "Include an “Other…” item" msgstr "Include an “Other…” item" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:679 msgid "" "Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a " "GtkAppChooserDialog" msgstr "" "Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a " "GtkAppChooserDialog" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:692 msgid "Show default item" msgstr "Show default item" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:693 msgid "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top" msgstr "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:705 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:614 msgid "Heading" msgstr "Heading" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:706 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:615 msgid "The text to show at the top of the dialog" msgstr "The text to show at the top of the dialog" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:712 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:215 #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:520 gtk/gtknativedialog.c:225 gtk/gtkwindow.c:736 msgid "Modal" msgstr "Modal" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:713 #| msgid "Whether the border should be shown" msgid "Whether the dialog should be modal" msgstr "Whether the dialog should be modal" #: gtk/gtkappchooser.c:73 msgid "Content type" msgstr "Content type" #: gtk/gtkappchooser.c:74 msgid "The content type used by the open with object" msgstr "The content type used by the open with object" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:600 msgid "GFile" msgstr "GFile" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:601 msgid "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog" msgstr "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:909 msgid "Show default app" msgstr "Show default app" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:910 msgid "Whether the widget should show the default application" msgstr "Whether the widget should show the default application" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:924 msgid "Show recommended apps" msgstr "Show recommended apps" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:925 msgid "Whether the widget should show recommended applications" msgstr "Whether the widget should show recommended applications" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:939 msgid "Show fallback apps" msgstr "Show fallback apps" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:940 msgid "Whether the widget should show fallback applications" msgstr "Whether the widget should show fallback applications" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:952 msgid "Show other apps" msgstr "Show other apps" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:953 msgid "Whether the widget should show other applications" msgstr "Whether the widget should show other applications" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:966 msgid "Show all apps" msgstr "Show all apps" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:967 msgid "Whether the widget should show all applications" msgstr "Whether the widget should show all applications" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:981 #| msgid "Widget's default text" msgid "Widget’s default text" msgstr "Widget’s default text" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:982 msgid "The default text appearing when there are no applications" msgstr "The default text appearing when there are no applications" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:602 msgid "Register session" msgstr "Register session" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:603 msgid "Register with the session manager" msgstr "Register with the session manager" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:618 msgid "Screensaver Active" msgstr "Screensaver Active" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:619 msgid "Whether the screensaver is active" msgstr "Whether the screensaver is active" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:625 msgid "Menubar" msgstr "Menubar" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:626 msgid "The GMenuModel for the menubar" msgstr "The GMenuModel for the menubar" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:632 msgid "Active window" msgstr "Active window" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:633 msgid "The window which most recently had focus" msgstr "The window which most recently had focus" #: gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:684 msgid "Show a menubar" msgstr "Show a menubar" #: gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:685 msgid "TRUE if the window should show a menubar at the top of the window" msgstr "TRUE if the window should show a menubar at the top of the window" #: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:149 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1410 msgid "Horizontal Alignment" msgstr "Horizontal Alignment" #: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:150 msgid "X alignment of the child" msgstr "X alignment of the child" #: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:162 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1423 msgid "Vertical Alignment" msgstr "Vertical Alignment" #: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:163 msgid "Y alignment of the child" msgstr "Y alignment of the child" #: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:177 msgid "Ratio" msgstr "Ratio" #: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:178 msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE" msgstr "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE" #: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:190 msgid "Obey child" msgstr "Obey child" #: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:191 #| msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child" msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame’s child" msgstr "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame’s child" #: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:202 gtk/gtkbutton.c:243 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:786 #: gtk/gtkdragicon.c:375 gtk/gtkexpander.c:367 gtk/gtkflowbox.c:525 #: gtk/gtkframe.c:187 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3498 gtk/gtklistitem.c:185 #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:576 gtk/gtkoverlay.c:318 gtk/gtkpopover.c:1706 #: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:347 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:762 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:327 #: gtk/gtkstack.c:404 gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:508 gtk/gtkviewport.c:381 #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:934 gtk/gtkwindowhandle.c:548 msgid "Child" msgstr "Child" #: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:203 gtk/gtkbutton.c:244 gtk/gtkexpander.c:368 #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:526 gtk/gtkframe.c:188 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3499 #: gtk/gtkoverlay.c:319 gtk/gtkpopover.c:1707 gtk/gtkrevealer.c:348 #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:763 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:328 gtk/gtkviewport.c:382 #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:935 gtk/gtkwindowhandle.c:549 #| msgid "The child model" msgid "The child widget" msgstr "The child widget" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:251 msgid "Page type" msgstr "Page type" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:252 msgid "The type of the assistant page" msgstr "The type of the assistant page" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:265 msgid "Page title" msgstr "Page title" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:266 msgid "The title of the assistant page" msgstr "The title of the assistant page" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:280 msgid "Page complete" msgstr "Page complete" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:281 msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out" msgstr "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:287 #| msgid "Label widget" msgid "Child widget" msgstr "Child widget" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:288 #| msgid "The type of the assistant page" msgid "The content the assistant page" msgstr "The content the assistant page" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:595 gtk/gtkdialog.c:545 msgid "Use Header Bar" msgstr "Use Header Bar" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:596 gtk/gtkdialog.c:546 msgid "Use Header Bar for actions." msgstr "Use Header Bar for actions." #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:603 gtk/gtknotebook.c:1113 gtk/gtkstack.c:818 #| msgid "Page" msgid "Pages" msgstr "Pages" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:604 #| msgid "The type of the assistant page" msgid "The pages of the assistant." msgstr "The pages of the assistant." #: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:213 gtk/gtkimage.c:179 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:279 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Filename" #: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:214 msgid "Bookmark file to load" msgstr "Bookmark file to load" #: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:224 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:267 gtk/gtkentry.c:923 #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2197 gtk/gtktext.c:892 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "Attributes" #: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:225 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:262 #| msgid "Attributes" msgid "Attributes to query" msgstr "Attributes to query" #: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:236 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:297 msgid "IO priority" msgstr "IO priority" #: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:237 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:298 msgid "Priority used when loading" msgstr "Priority used when loading" #: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:248 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:309 #| msgid "Loading" msgid "loading" msgstr "loading" #: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:249 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:310 #| msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused" msgid "TRUE if files are being loaded" msgstr "TRUE if files are being loaded" #: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:165 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:513 gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:550 #: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:252 gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:296 #| msgid "Permission" msgid "Expression" msgstr "Expression" #: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:166 msgid "Expression to evaluate" msgstr "Expression to evaluate" #: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:176 #| msgid "Inverted" msgid "Invert" msgstr "Invert" #: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:177 #| msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used" msgid "If the expression result should be inverted" msgstr "If the expression result should be inverted" #: gtk/gtkbox.c:261 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:722 gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:317 #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:464 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:308 msgid "Spacing" msgstr "Spacing" #: gtk/gtkbox.c:262 msgid "The amount of space between children" msgstr "The amount of space between children" #: gtk/gtkbox.c:268 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:708 gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3631 msgid "Homogeneous" msgstr "Homogeneous" #: gtk/gtkbox.c:269 gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3632 msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size" msgstr "Whether the children should all be the same size" #: gtk/gtkbox.c:275 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:740 gtk/gtkcenterbox.c:208 msgid "Baseline position" msgstr "Baseline position" #: gtk/gtkbox.c:276 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:741 gtk/gtkcenterbox.c:209 msgid "" "The position of the baseline aligned widgets if extra space is available" msgstr "" "The position of the baseline aligned widgets if extra space is available" #: gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:709 msgid "Distribute space homogeneously" msgstr "Distribute space homogeneously" #: gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:723 #| msgid "Spacing between buttons" msgid "Spacing between widgets" msgstr "Spacing between widgets" #: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:305 msgid "Translation Domain" msgstr "Translation Domain" #: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:306 msgid "The translation domain used by gettext" msgstr "The translation domain used by gettext" #: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:317 #| msgid "Current Page" msgid "Current object" msgstr "Current object" #: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:318 msgid "The object the builder is evaluating for" msgstr "The object the builder is evaluating for" #: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:329 gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:293 #: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:577 msgid "Scope" msgstr "Scope" #: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:330 #| msgid "The status of the print operation" msgid "The scope the builder is operating in" msgstr "The scope the builder is operating in" #: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:269 msgid "Bytes" msgstr "Bytes" #: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:270 #| msgid "Merged UI definition" msgid "bytes containing the UI definition" msgstr "bytes containing the UI definition" #: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:281 gtk/gtkimage.c:241 msgid "Resource" msgstr "Resource" #: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:282 #| msgid "Merged UI definition" msgid "resource containing the UI definition" msgstr "resource containing the UI definition" #: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:294 msgid "scope to use when instantiating listitems" msgstr "scope to use when instantiating listitems" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:215 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:471 gtk/gtkexpander.c:321 #: gtk/gtkframe.c:165 gtk/gtklabel.c:2190 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:417 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:216 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:472 msgid "" "Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label " "widget" msgstr "" "Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label " "widget" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:222 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:485 gtk/gtkexpander.c:329 #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2211 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:424 gtk/gtkstack.c:454 msgid "Use underline" msgstr "Use underline" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:223 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:486 gtk/gtkexpander.c:330 #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2212 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:425 msgid "" "If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used " "for the mnemonic accelerator key" msgstr "" "If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used " "for the mnemonic accelerator key" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:229 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:673 gtk/gtkentry.c:502 #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:644 msgid "Has Frame" msgstr "Has Frame" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:230 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:432 #| msgid "Whether the menu is a parent" msgid "Whether the button has a frame" msgstr "Whether the button has a frame" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:236 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:253 gtk/gtkimage.c:215 #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:410 gtk/gtkprinter.c:168 gtk/gtkwindow.c:808 msgid "Icon Name" msgstr "Icon Name" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:237 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:411 #| msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme" msgid "The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button" msgstr "The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:373 msgid "Year" msgstr "Year" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:374 msgid "The selected year" msgstr "The selected year" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:387 msgid "Month" msgstr "Month" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:388 msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)" msgstr "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:402 msgid "Day" msgstr "Day" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:403 msgid "" "The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the " "currently selected day)" msgstr "" "The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the " "currently selected day)" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:415 msgid "Show Heading" msgstr "Show Heading" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:416 msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed" msgstr "If TRUE, a heading is displayed" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:428 msgid "Show Day Names" msgstr "Show Day Names" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:429 msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed" msgstr "If TRUE, day names are displayed" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:440 msgid "Show Week Numbers" msgstr "Show Week Numbers" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:441 msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed" msgstr "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:318 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:309 msgid "Space which is inserted between cells" msgstr "Space which is inserted between cells" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:335 gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:324 #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:355 msgid "Expand" msgstr "Expand" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:336 msgid "Whether the cell expands" msgstr "Whether the cell expands" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:349 msgid "Align" msgstr "Align" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:350 msgid "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows" msgstr "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:364 msgid "Fixed Size" msgstr "Fixed Size" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:365 msgid "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows" msgstr "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:379 msgid "Pack Type" msgstr "Pack Type" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:380 msgid "" "A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the " "start or end of the cell area" msgstr "" "A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the " "start or end of the cell area" #: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:778 msgid "Focus Cell" msgstr "Focus Cell" #: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:779 msgid "The cell which currently has focus" msgstr "The cell which currently has focus" #: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:794 msgid "Edited Cell" msgstr "Edited Cell" #: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:795 msgid "The cell which is currently being edited" msgstr "The cell which is currently being edited" #: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:810 msgid "Edit Widget" msgstr "Edit Widget" #: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:811 msgid "The widget currently editing the edited cell" msgstr "The widget currently editing the edited cell" #: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:113 msgid "Area" msgstr "Area" #: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:114 msgid "The Cell Area this context was created for" msgstr "The Cell Area this context was created for" #: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:128 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:143 #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:332 msgid "Minimum Width" msgstr "Minimum Width" #: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:129 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:144 msgid "Minimum cached width" msgstr "Minimum cached width" #: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:158 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:173 msgid "Minimum Height" msgstr "Minimum Height" #: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:159 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:174 msgid "Minimum cached height" msgstr "Minimum cached height" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:49 msgid "Editing Canceled" msgstr "Editing Canceled" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:50 msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled" msgstr "Indicates that editing has been canceled" #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:175 msgid "Accelerator key" msgstr "Accelerator key" #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:176 msgid "The keyval of the accelerator" msgstr "The keyval of the accelerator" #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:190 msgid "Accelerator modifiers" msgstr "Accelerator modifiers" #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:191 msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator" msgstr "The modifier mask of the accelerator" #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:206 msgid "Accelerator keycode" msgstr "Accelerator keycode" #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:207 msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator" msgstr "The hardware keycode of the accelerator" #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:224 msgid "Accelerator Mode" msgstr "Accelerator Mode" #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:225 msgid "The type of accelerators" msgstr "The type of accelerators" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:282 msgid "mode" msgstr "mode" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:283 msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer" msgstr "Editable mode of the CellRenderer" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:291 msgid "visible" msgstr "visible" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:292 msgid "Display the cell" msgstr "Display the cell" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:298 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1257 msgid "Sensitive" msgstr "Sensitive" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:299 msgid "Display the cell sensitive" msgstr "Display the cell sensitive" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:306 msgid "xalign" msgstr "xalign" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:307 msgid "The x-align" msgstr "The x-align" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:316 msgid "yalign" msgstr "yalign" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:317 msgid "The y-align" msgstr "The y-align" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:326 msgid "xpad" msgstr "xpad" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:327 msgid "The xpad" msgstr "The xpad" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:336 msgid "ypad" msgstr "ypad" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:337 msgid "The ypad" msgstr "The ypad" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:346 msgid "width" msgstr "width" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:347 msgid "The fixed width" msgstr "The fixed width" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:356 msgid "height" msgstr "height" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:357 msgid "The fixed height" msgstr "The fixed height" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:366 msgid "Is Expander" msgstr "Is Expander" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:367 msgid "Row has children" msgstr "Row has children" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:375 msgid "Is Expanded" msgstr "Is Expanded" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:376 msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded" msgstr "Row is an expander row, and is expanded" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:383 msgid "Cell background color name" msgstr "Cell background color name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:384 msgid "Cell background color as a string" msgstr "Cell background color as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:396 msgid "Cell background RGBA color" msgstr "Cell background RGBA color" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:397 msgid "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:404 gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c:372 msgid "Editing" msgstr "Editing" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:405 msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode" msgstr "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:413 msgid "Cell background set" msgstr "Cell background set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:414 msgid "Whether the cell background color is set" msgstr "Whether the cell background color is set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:134 gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:695 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:459 #: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:589 gtk/gtkflattenlistmodel.c:413 #: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1099 gtk/gtklistview.c:831 gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:375 #: gtk/gtkmultiselection.c:356 gtk/gtkselectionfiltermodel.c:227 #: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:565 gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:264 #: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:796 gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:706 msgid "Model" msgstr "Model" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:135 msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box" msgstr "The model containing the possible values for the combo box" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:155 msgid "Text Column" msgstr "Text Column" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:156 msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from" msgstr "A column in the data source model to get the strings from" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:171 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:717 msgid "Has Entry" msgstr "Has Entry" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:172 #| msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones" msgid "If FALSE, don’t allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones" msgstr "If FALSE, don’t allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:198 msgid "Pixbuf Object" msgstr "Pixbuf Object" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:199 msgid "The pixbuf to render" msgstr "The pixbuf to render" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:206 msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open" msgstr "Pixbuf Expander Open" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:207 msgid "Pixbuf for open expander" msgstr "Pixbuf for open expander" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:214 msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed" msgstr "Pixbuf Expander Closed" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:215 msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander" msgstr "Pixbuf for closed expander" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:226 #| msgid "The surface to render" msgid "The texture to render" msgstr "The texture to render" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:238 msgid "Icon Size" msgstr "Icon Size" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:239 msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon" msgstr "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:254 gtk/gtkimage.c:216 msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme" msgstr "The name of the icon from the icon theme" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:268 gtk/gtkimage.c:229 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1186 #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:592 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icon" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:269 gtk/gtkimage.c:230 msgid "The GIcon being displayed" msgstr "The GIcon being displayed" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:622 msgid "Value of the progress bar" msgstr "Value of the progress bar" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:637 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253 #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:378 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:351 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:386 #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1198 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:208 gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:468 msgid "Text" msgstr "Text" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:638 msgid "Text on the progress bar" msgstr "Text on the progress bar" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:659 gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:199 msgid "Pulse" msgstr "Pulse" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:660 #| msgid "" #| "Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but " #| "you don't know how much." msgid "" "Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you " "don’t know how much." msgstr "" "Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you " "don’t know how much." #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:674 msgid "Text x alignment" msgstr "Text x alignment" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:675 msgid "" "The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL " "layouts." msgstr "" "The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL " "layouts." #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:689 msgid "Text y alignment" msgstr "Text y alignment" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:690 msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)." msgstr "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)." #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:701 gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1004 #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:185 gtk/gtkrange.c:371 msgid "Inverted" msgstr "Inverted" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:702 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:186 msgid "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows" msgstr "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:132 gtk/gtkrange.c:364 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:214 #: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:213 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:371 msgid "Adjustment" msgstr "Adjustment" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:133 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:372 msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button" msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:146 msgid "Climb rate" msgstr "Climb rate" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:147 msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button" msgstr "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:158 gtk/gtkscale.c:677 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:385 msgid "Digits" msgstr "Digits" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:159 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:386 msgid "The number of decimal places to display" msgstr "The number of decimal places to display" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:182 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:459 #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1225 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1226 gtk/gtkswitch.c:528 #: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:259 msgid "Active" msgstr "Active" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:183 msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell" msgstr "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:200 msgid "Pulse of the spinner" msgstr "Pulse of the spinner" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:212 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:292 #: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:288 msgid "Size" msgstr "Size" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:213 msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner" msgstr "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:254 msgid "Text to render" msgstr "Text to render" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:260 msgid "Markup" msgstr "Markup" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261 msgid "Marked up text to render" msgstr "Marked up text to render" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:268 msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer" msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:274 msgid "Single Paragraph Mode" msgstr "Single Paragraph Mode" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:275 msgid "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph" msgstr "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:281 gtk/gtktexttag.c:215 msgid "Background color name" msgstr "Background color name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:282 gtk/gtktexttag.c:216 msgid "Background color as a string" msgstr "Background color as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:293 msgid "Background color as RGBA" msgstr "Background color as RGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:294 gtk/gtktexttag.c:229 msgid "Background color as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Background color as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:299 gtk/gtktexttag.c:244 msgid "Foreground color name" msgstr "Foreground color name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:300 gtk/gtktexttag.c:245 msgid "Foreground color as a string" msgstr "Foreground color as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:311 msgid "Foreground color as RGBA" msgstr "Foreground color as RGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:312 gtk/gtktexttag.c:258 msgid "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:319 gtk/gtkeditable.c:408 gtk/gtktexttag.c:274 #: gtk/gtktextview.c:860 msgid "Editable" msgstr "Editable" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:320 gtk/gtktexttag.c:275 gtk/gtktextview.c:861 msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user" msgstr "Whether the text can be modified by the user" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:326 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:333 #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:63 gtk/gtktexttag.c:290 gtk/gtktexttag.c:298 msgid "Font" msgstr "Font" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:327 gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:64 gtk/gtktexttag.c:291 #| msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\"" msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. “Sans Italic 12”" msgstr "Font description as a string, e.g. “Sans Italic 12”" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:334 gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:77 gtk/gtktexttag.c:299 msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct" msgstr "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:340 gtk/gtktexttag.c:306 msgid "Font family" msgstr "Font family" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341 gtk/gtktexttag.c:307 msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace" msgstr "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:347 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:348 #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:314 msgid "Font style" msgstr "Font style" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:355 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:356 #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:323 msgid "Font variant" msgstr "Font variant" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:363 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:364 #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:332 msgid "Font weight" msgstr "Font weight" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:371 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:372 #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:343 msgid "Font stretch" msgstr "Font stretch" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:379 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:380 #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:352 msgid "Font size" msgstr "Font size" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:387 gtk/gtktexttag.c:372 msgid "Font points" msgstr "Font points" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:388 gtk/gtktexttag.c:373 msgid "Font size in points" msgstr "Font size in points" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:395 gtk/gtktexttag.c:362 msgid "Font scale" msgstr "Font scale" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:396 msgid "Font scaling factor" msgstr "Font scaling factor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:403 gtk/gtktexttag.c:441 msgid "Rise" msgstr "Rise" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:404 msgid "" "Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)" msgstr "" "Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:412 gtk/gtktexttag.c:481 msgid "Strikethrough" msgstr "Strikethrough" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:413 gtk/gtktexttag.c:482 msgid "Whether to strike through the text" msgstr "Whether to strike through the text" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:419 gtk/gtktexttag.c:489 msgid "Underline" msgstr "Underline" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:420 gtk/gtktexttag.c:490 msgid "Style of underline for this text" msgstr "Style of underline for this text" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:427 gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:147 gtk/gtktexttag.c:401 msgid "Language" msgstr "Language" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:428 #| msgid "" #| "The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a " #| "hint when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you " #| "probably don't need it" msgid "" "The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint " "when rendering the text. If you don’t understand this parameter, you " "probably don’t need it" msgstr "" "The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint " "when rendering the text. If you don’t understand this parameter, you " "probably don’t need it" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:444 gtk/gtklabel.c:2317 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:247 msgid "Ellipsize" msgstr "Ellipsize" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:445 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not " "have enough room to display the entire string" msgstr "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not " "have enough room to display the entire string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:461 gtk/gtklabel.c:2335 msgid "Width In Characters" msgstr "Width In Characters" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:462 gtk/gtklabel.c:2336 msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters" msgstr "The desired width of the label, in characters" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:481 gtk/gtklabel.c:2369 msgid "Maximum Width In Characters" msgstr "Maximum Width In Characters" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:482 msgid "The maximum width of the cell, in characters" msgstr "The maximum width of the cell, in characters" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:496 gtk/gtktexttag.c:547 msgid "Wrap mode" msgstr "Wrap mode" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:497 msgid "" "How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not " "have enough room to display the entire string" msgstr "" "How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not " "have enough room to display the entire string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:513 msgid "Wrap width" msgstr "Wrap width" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:514 msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped" msgstr "The width at which the text is wrapped" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:530 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:376 msgid "Alignment" msgstr "Alignment" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:531 msgid "How to align the lines" msgstr "How to draw the toolbar" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:544 gtk/gtkentry.c:613 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:436 #: gtk/gtksearchentry.c:289 gtk/gtktext.c:824 msgid "Placeholder text" msgstr "Placeholder text" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:545 msgid "Text rendered when an editable cell is empty" msgstr "Text rendered when an editable cell is empty" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:554 gtk/gtktexttag.c:694 msgid "Background set" msgstr "Background set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:555 gtk/gtktexttag.c:695 msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background color" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:558 gtk/gtktexttag.c:702 msgid "Foreground set" msgstr "Foreground set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559 gtk/gtktexttag.c:703 msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground color" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:562 gtk/gtktexttag.c:706 msgid "Editability set" msgstr "Editability set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:563 gtk/gtktexttag.c:707 msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability" msgstr "Whether this tag affects text editability" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:566 gtk/gtktexttag.c:710 msgid "Font family set" msgstr "Font family set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:567 gtk/gtktexttag.c:711 msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font family" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:570 gtk/gtktexttag.c:714 msgid "Font style set" msgstr "Font style set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:571 gtk/gtktexttag.c:715 msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font style" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:574 gtk/gtktexttag.c:718 msgid "Font variant set" msgstr "Font variant set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:575 gtk/gtktexttag.c:719 msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font variant" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:578 gtk/gtktexttag.c:722 msgid "Font weight set" msgstr "Font weight set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:579 gtk/gtktexttag.c:723 msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font weight" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:582 gtk/gtktexttag.c:726 msgid "Font stretch set" msgstr "Font stretch set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:583 gtk/gtktexttag.c:727 msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font stretch" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:586 gtk/gtktexttag.c:730 msgid "Font size set" msgstr "Font size set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:587 gtk/gtktexttag.c:731 msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font size" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:590 gtk/gtktexttag.c:734 msgid "Font scale set" msgstr "Font scale set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:591 gtk/gtktexttag.c:735 msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor" msgstr "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:594 gtk/gtktexttag.c:754 msgid "Rise set" msgstr "Rise set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:595 gtk/gtktexttag.c:755 msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the rise" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:598 gtk/gtktexttag.c:770 msgid "Strikethrough set" msgstr "Strikethrough set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:599 gtk/gtktexttag.c:771 msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough" msgstr "Whether this tag affects strikethrough" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:602 gtk/gtktexttag.c:778 msgid "Underline set" msgstr "Underline set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:603 gtk/gtktexttag.c:779 msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining" msgstr "Whether this tag affects underlining" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:606 gtk/gtktexttag.c:742 msgid "Language set" msgstr "Language set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:607 gtk/gtktexttag.c:743 msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:610 msgid "Ellipsize set" msgstr "Ellipsize set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:611 msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:614 msgid "Align set" msgstr "Align set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:615 msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:196 msgid "Toggle state" msgstr "Toggle state" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:197 msgid "The toggle state of the button" msgstr "The toggle state of the button" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:204 msgid "Inconsistent state" msgstr "Inconsistent state" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:205 msgid "The inconsistent state of the button" msgstr "The inconsistent state of the button" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:212 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3479 gtk/gtklistitem.c:173 msgid "Activatable" msgstr "Activatable" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:213 msgid "The toggle button can be activated" msgstr "The toggle button can be activated" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:220 msgid "Radio state" msgstr "Radio state" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:221 msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button" msgstr "Draw the toggle button as a radio button" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:199 msgid "CellView model" msgstr "CellView model" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:200 msgid "The model for cell view" msgstr "The model for cell view" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:218 gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:399 gtk/gtkiconview.c:575 #: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:213 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:427 msgid "Cell Area" msgstr "Cell Area" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:219 gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:400 gtk/gtkiconview.c:576 #: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:214 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:428 msgid "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells" msgstr "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:242 msgid "Cell Area Context" msgstr "Cell Area Context" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:243 msgid "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view" msgstr "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:260 msgid "Draw Sensitive" msgstr "Draw Sensitive" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:261 msgid "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state" msgstr "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:279 msgid "Fit Model" msgstr "Fit Model" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:280 msgid "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model" msgstr "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model" #: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:460 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:260 msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in" msgstr "If the toggle button should be pressed in" #: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:465 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:266 msgid "Group" msgstr "Group" #: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:466 #| msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to." msgid "The check button whose group this widget belongs to." msgstr "The check button whose group this widget belongs to." #: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:478 msgid "Inconsistent" msgstr "Inconsistent" #: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:479 #| msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state" msgid "If the check button is in an “in between” state" msgstr "If the check button is in an “in between” state" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:170 gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:264 #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:484 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:144 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:279 #: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:320 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:617 #: gtk/gtkstack.c:418 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:348 msgid "Title" msgstr "Title" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:171 msgid "The title of the color selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the color selection dialog" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:208 msgid "Show Editor" msgstr "Show Editor" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:209 msgid "Whether to show the color editor right away" msgstr "Whether to show the color editor right away" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:216 gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:521 #| msgid "Whether the popover is modal" msgid "Whether the dialog is modal" msgstr "Whether the dialog is modal" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:65 msgid "Color" msgstr "Color" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:66 msgid "Current color, as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Current color, as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:83 msgid "Use alpha" msgstr "Use alpha" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:84 msgid "Whether alpha should be shown" msgstr "Whether alpha should be shown" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:219 gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:720 msgid "Show editor" msgstr "Show editor" #: gtk/gtkcolorscale.c:286 msgid "Scale type" msgstr "Scale type" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:505 msgid "RGBA Color" msgstr "RGBA Color" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:505 msgid "Color as RGBA" msgstr "Color as RGBA" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:508 gtk/gtklabel.c:2280 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3491 #: gtk/gtklistitem.c:221 msgid "Selectable" msgstr "Selectable" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:508 msgid "Whether the swatch is selectable" msgstr "Whether the swatch is selectable" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:511 msgid "Has Menu" msgstr "Has Menu" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:511 msgid "Whether the swatch should offer customization" msgstr "Whether the swatch should offer customization" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:514 msgid "Can Drop" msgstr "Can Drop" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:514 #| msgid "Whether the swatch should offer customization" msgid "Whether the swatch should accept drops" msgstr "Whether the swatch should accept drops" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:683 msgid "Columns" msgstr "Columns" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:684 #| msgid "List of classes" msgid "List of columns" msgstr "List of columns" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:696 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1100 gtk/gtklistview.c:832 #| msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed" msgid "Model for the items displayed" msgstr "Model for the items displayed" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:707 #| msgid "Show decorations" msgid "Show row separators" msgstr "Show row separators" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:708 gtk/gtklistbox.c:516 gtk/gtklistview.c:844 msgid "Show separators between rows" msgstr "Show separators between rows" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:719 #| msgid "Show the column header buttons" msgid "Show column separators" msgstr "Show column separators" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:720 #| msgid "Row separator column" msgid "Show separators between columns" msgstr "Show separators between columns" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:731 gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:276 #: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:820 gtk/gtktreelistrowsorter.c:547 #| msgid "Sort order" msgid "Sorter" msgstr "Sorter" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:732 msgid "Sorter with sorting choices of the user" msgstr "Sorter with sorting choices of the user" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:743 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1111 gtk/gtklistview.c:855 msgid "Single click activate" msgstr "Single click activate" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:744 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1112 gtk/gtklistview.c:856 #| msgid "Activate row on a single click" msgid "Activate rows on single click" msgstr "Activate rows on single click" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:755 gtk/gtkiconview.c:535 gtk/gtktreeview.c:1023 #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:383 msgid "Reorderable" msgstr "Reorderable" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:756 #| msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers" msgid "Whether columns are reorderable" msgstr "Whether columns are reorderable" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:767 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1123 gtk/gtklistview.c:867 #| msgid "Inline selection" msgid "Enable rubberband selection" msgstr "Enable rubberband selection" #: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:768 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1124 gtk/gtklistview.c:868 #| msgid "" #| "Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse " #| "pointer" msgid "Allow selecting items by dragging with the mouse" msgstr "Allow selecting items by dragging with the mouse" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:240 #| msgid "Columns" msgid "Column view" msgstr "Column view" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:241 msgid "Column view this column is a part of" msgstr "Column view this column is a part of" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:252 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:433 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1059 #: gtk/gtklistview.c:819 msgid "Factory" msgstr "Factory" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:253 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:434 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:448 #: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1060 gtk/gtklistview.c:820 msgid "Factory for populating list items" msgstr "Factory for populating list items" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:265 #| msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar" msgid "Title displayed in the header" msgstr "Title displayed in the header" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:277 msgid "Sorter for sorting items according to this column" msgstr "Sorter for sorting items according to this column" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:288 gtk/gtkcssnode.c:623 gtk/gtknativedialog.c:237 #: gtk/gtkstack.c:447 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:278 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1250 msgid "Visible" msgstr "Visible" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:289 #| msgid "Whether the action is visible." msgid "Whether this column is visible" msgstr "Whether this column is visible" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:300 #| msgid "Header image" msgid "Header menu" msgstr "Header menu" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:301 #| msgid "The title of this tray icon" msgid "Menu to use on the title of this column" msgstr "Menu to use on the title of this column" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:312 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:285 #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:729 msgid "Resizable" msgstr "Resizable" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:313 #| msgid "Whether the action is enabled." msgid "Whether this column is resizable" msgstr "Whether this column is resizable" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:325 #| msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget" msgid "column gets share of extra width" msgstr "column gets share of extra width" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:337 #| msgid "Fixed Width" msgid "Fixed width" msgstr "Fixed width" #: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:338 #| msgid "Current fixed width of the column" msgid "Fixed width of this column" msgstr "Fixed width of this column" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:639 msgid "ComboBox model" msgstr "ComboBox model" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:640 msgid "The model for the combo box" msgstr "The model for the combo box" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:657 msgid "Active item" msgstr "Active item" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:658 msgid "The item which is currently active" msgstr "The item which is currently active" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:674 msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child" msgstr "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:688 msgid "Popup shown" msgstr "Popup shown" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:689 #| msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown" msgid "Whether the combo’s dropdown is shown" msgstr "Whether the combo’s dropdown is shown" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:703 msgid "Button Sensitivity" msgstr "Button Sensitivity" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:704 msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty" msgstr "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:718 msgid "Whether combo box has an entry" msgstr "Whether combo box has an entry" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:731 msgid "Entry Text Column" msgstr "Entry Text Column" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:732 #| msgid "" #| "The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the " #| "entry if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE" msgid "" "The column in the combo box’s model to associate with strings from the entry " "if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE" msgstr "" "The column in the combo box’s model to associate with strings from the entry " "if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:747 msgid "ID Column" msgstr "ID Column" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:748 #| msgid "" #| "The column in the combo box's model that provides string IDs for the " #| "values in the model" msgid "" "The column in the combo box’s model that provides string IDs for the values " "in the model" msgstr "" "The column in the combo box’s model that provides string IDs for the values " "in the model" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:761 msgid "Active id" msgstr "Active id" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:762 msgid "The value of the id column for the active row" msgstr "The value of the id column for the active row" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:776 msgid "Popup Fixed Width" msgstr "Popup Fixed Width" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:777 #| msgid "" #| "Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the allocated " #| "width of the combo box" msgid "" "Whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width matching the allocated " "width of the combo box" msgstr "" "Whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width matching the allocated " "width of the combo box" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:787 #| msgid "The child model" msgid "The child_widget" msgstr "The child_widget" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:191 msgid "Target" msgstr "Target" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:192 #| msgid "The name of the action" msgid "The target of the constraint" msgstr "The target of the constraint" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:204 #| msgid "Attributes" msgid "Target Attribute" msgstr "Target Attribute" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:205 msgid "The attribute of the target set by the constraint" msgstr "The attribute of the target set by the constraint" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:218 #| msgid "Ratio" msgid "Relation" msgstr "Relation" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:219 msgid "The relation between the source and target attributes" msgstr "The relation between the source and target attributes" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:235 #| msgid "Resource" msgid "Source" msgstr "Source" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:236 #| msgid "The size of the icon" msgid "The source of the constraint" msgstr "The source of the constraint" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:248 #| msgid "Attributes" msgid "Source Attribute" msgstr "Source Attribute" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:249 #| msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget" msgid "The attribute of the source widget set by the constraint" msgstr "The attribute of the source widget set by the constraint" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:263 #| msgid "Select Multiple" msgid "Multiplier" msgstr "Multiplier" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:264 msgid "The multiplication factor to be applied to the source attribute" msgstr "The multiplication factor to be applied to the source attribute" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:276 #| msgid "Constraint" msgid "Constant" msgstr "Constant" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:277 #| msgid "The content type used by the open with object" msgid "The constant to be added to the source attribute" msgstr "The constant to be added to the source attribute" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:293 #| msgid "Slider Length" msgid "Strength" msgstr "Strength" #: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:294 #| msgid "The contents of the entry" msgid "The strength of the constraint" msgstr "The strength of the constraint" #: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:602 msgid "Style Classes" msgstr "Style Classes" #: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:602 msgid "List of classes" msgstr "List of classes" #: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:607 gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:181 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:607 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "Unique ID" #: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:617 msgid "State flags" msgstr "State flags" #: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:623 msgid "If other nodes can see this node" msgstr "If other nodes can see this node" #: gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:138 msgid "Subproperties" msgstr "Subproperties" #: gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:139 msgid "The list of subproperties" msgstr "The list of subproperties" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:166 msgid "Animated" msgstr "Animated" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:167 msgid "Set if the value can be animated" msgstr "Set if the value can be animated" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:173 msgid "Affects" msgstr "Affects" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:174 msgid "Set if the value affects the sizing of elements" msgstr "Set if the value affects the sizing of elements" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:182 msgid "The numeric id for quick access" msgstr "The numeric id for quick access" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:188 msgid "Inherit" msgstr "Inherit" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:189 msgid "Set if the value is inherited by default" msgstr "Set if the value is inherited by default" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:195 msgid "Initial value" msgstr "Initial value" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:196 msgid "The initial specified value used for this property" msgstr "The initial specified value used for this property" #: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:261 #| msgid "Attributes" msgid "attributes" msgstr "attributes" #: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:273 msgid "error" msgstr "error" #: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:274 msgid "Error encountered while loading files" msgstr "Error encountered while loading files" #: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:285 gtk/gtkmediafile.c:161 gtk/gtkpicture.c:342 #: gtk/gtkvideo.c:318 #| msgid "GFile" msgid "File" msgstr "File" #: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:286 #| msgid "The title to display" msgid "The file to query" msgstr "The file to query" #: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:321 #| msgid "Monitor" msgid "monitored" msgstr "monitored" #: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:322 #| msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes" msgid "TRUE if the directory is monitored for changes" msgstr "TRUE if the directory is monitored for changes" #: gtk/gtkdragicon.c:376 #| msgid "Widget to display in center" msgid "The widget to display as drag icon." msgstr "The widget to display as drag icon." #: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:328 #| msgid "Context" msgid "Content" msgstr "Content" #: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:329 #| msgid "The contents of the entry" msgid "The content provider for the dragged data" msgstr "The content provider for the dragged data" #: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:343 gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c:391 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:617 #| msgid "Action" msgid "Actions" msgstr "Actions" #: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:344 #| msgid "Support Selection" msgid "Supported actions" msgstr "Supported actions" #: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:290 #| msgid "Minimum Content Width" msgid "Content Width" msgstr "Content Width" #: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:291 msgid "Desired width for displayed content" msgstr "Desired width for displayed content" #: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:302 #| msgid "Minimum Content Height" msgid "Content Height" msgstr "Content Height" #: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:303 #| msgid "Widget to display in center" msgid "Desired height for displayed content" msgstr "Desired height for displayed content" #: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:226 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:223 #| msgid "Paused Printer" msgid "Contains Pointer" msgstr "Contains Pointer" #: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:227 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:224 msgid "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget or a descendant" msgstr "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget or a descendant" #: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:246 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:629 msgid "Drop" msgstr "Drop" #: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:247 #| msgid "The menu of options" msgid "The ongoing drop operation" msgstr "The ongoing drop operation" #: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:264 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:206 #| msgid "Printer" msgid "Is Pointer" msgstr "Is Pointer" #: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:265 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:207 #| msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget" msgid "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget" msgstr "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget" #: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:447 msgid "List Factory" msgstr "List Factory" #: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:460 #| msgid "The model for the filtermodel to filter" msgid "Model for the displayed items" msgstr "Model for the displayed items" #: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:472 gtk/gtklistitem.c:233 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:415 #| msgid "Selectable" msgid "Selected" msgstr "Selected" #: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:473 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:416 #| msgid "The name of the selected font" msgid "Position of the selected item" msgstr "Position of the selected item" #: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:484 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:427 #| msgid "Selected Printer" msgid "Selected Item" msgstr "Selected Item" #: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:485 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:428 #| msgid "The selected year" msgid "The selected item" msgstr "The selected item" #: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:498 #| msgid "Enable Search" msgid "Enable search" msgstr "Enable search" #: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:499 #| msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator" msgid "Whether to show a search entry in the popup" msgstr "Whether to show a search entry in the popup" #: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:514 msgid "Expression to determine strings to search for" msgstr "Expression to determine strings to search for" #: gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c:401 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:641 msgid "Formats" msgstr "Formats" #: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:618 msgid "The actions supported by this drop target" msgstr "The actions supported by this drop target" #: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:630 #| msgid "Current Color" msgid "Current drop" msgstr "Current drop" #: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:642 msgid "The supported formats" msgstr "The supported formats" #: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:669 msgid "Preload" msgstr "Preload" #: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:670 #| msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered" msgid "Whether drop data should be preloaded while hovering" msgstr "Whether drop data should be preloaded while hovering" #: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:687 #| msgid "The status of the print operation" msgid "The value for this drop operation" msgstr "The value for this drop operation" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:379 msgid "The contents of the entry" msgstr "The contents of the entry" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:385 msgid "Cursor Position" msgstr "Cursor Position" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:386 msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars" msgstr "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:393 #| msgid "Enable Popup" msgid "Enable Undo" msgstr "Enable Undo" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:394 msgid "If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable" msgstr "If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:400 msgid "Selection Bound" msgstr "Selection Bound" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:401 msgid "" "The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars" msgstr "" "The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:409 msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited" msgstr "Whether the entry contents can be edited" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:415 msgid "Width in chars" msgstr "Width in chars" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:416 msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry" msgstr "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:423 msgid "Maximum width in characters" msgstr "Maximum width in characters" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:424 msgid "The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters" msgstr "The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:431 gtk/gtklabel.c:2234 msgid "X align" msgstr "X align" #: gtk/gtkeditable.c:432 gtk/gtklabel.c:2235 msgid "" "The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL " "layouts." msgstr "" "The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL " "layouts." #: gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c:373 #| msgid "Whether the widget is visible" msgid "Whether the widget is in editing mode" msgstr "Whether the widget is in editing mode" #: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:352 msgid "The contents of the buffer" msgstr "The contents of the buffer" #: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:363 gtk/gtkentry.c:560 msgid "Text length" msgstr "Text length" #: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:364 msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer" msgstr "Length of the text currently in the buffer" #: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:375 gtk/gtkentry.c:487 gtk/gtktext.c:752 msgid "Maximum length" msgstr "Maximum length" #: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:376 gtk/gtkentry.c:488 msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum" msgstr "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:480 gtk/gtktext.c:745 msgid "Text Buffer" msgstr "Text Buffer" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:481 msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text" msgstr "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:495 gtk/gtktext.c:918 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "Visibility" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:496 gtk/gtktext.c:919 #| msgid "" #| "FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text " #| "(password mode)" msgid "" "FALSE displays the “invisible char” instead of the actual text (password " "mode)" msgstr "" "FALSE displays the “invisible char” instead of the actual text (password " "mode)" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:503 msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry" msgstr "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:509 gtk/gtktext.c:760 msgid "Invisible character" msgstr "Invisible character" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:510 #| msgid "" #| "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")" msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in “password mode”)" msgstr "The character to use when masking entry contents (in “password mode”)" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:516 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:443 gtk/gtksearchentry.c:296 #: gtk/gtktext.c:767 msgid "Activates default" msgstr "Activates default" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:517 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:444 gtk/gtksearchentry.c:297 #: gtk/gtktext.c:768 msgid "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialog) when Enter is pressed" msgstr "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialog) when Enter is pressed" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:523 gtk/gtktext.c:774 msgid "Scroll offset" msgstr "Scroll offset" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:524 msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left" msgstr "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:536 gtk/gtktext.c:787 msgid "Truncate multiline" msgstr "Truncate multiline" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:537 gtk/gtktext.c:788 msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line." msgstr "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line." #: gtk/gtkentry.c:548 gtk/gtktext.c:799 gtk/gtktextview.c:992 msgid "Overwrite mode" msgstr "Overwrite mode" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:549 gtk/gtktext.c:800 msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text" msgstr "Whether new text overwrites existing text" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:561 msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry" msgstr "Length of the text currently in the entry" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:573 gtk/gtktext.c:811 msgid "Invisible character set" msgstr "Invisible character set" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:574 gtk/gtktext.c:812 msgid "Whether the invisible character has been set" msgstr "Whether the invisible character has been set" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:585 msgid "Progress Fraction" msgstr "Progress Fraction" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:586 #| msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed" msgid "The current fraction of the task that’s been completed" msgstr "The current fraction of the task that’s been completed" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:599 msgid "Progress Pulse Step" msgstr "Progress Pulse Step" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:600 msgid "" "The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for " "each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()" msgstr "" "The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for " "each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:614 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:437 gtk/gtksearchentry.c:290 #| msgid "Show text in the entry when it's empty and unfocused" msgid "Show text in the entry when it’s empty and unfocused" msgstr "Show text in the entry when it’s empty and unfocused" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:625 #| msgid "Primary icon activatable" msgid "Primary paintable" msgstr "Primary paintable" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:626 #| msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry" msgid "Primary paintable for the entry" msgstr "Primary paintable for the entry" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:637 #| msgid "Secondary icon activatable" msgid "Secondary paintable" msgstr "Secondary paintable" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:638 #| msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry" msgid "Secondary paintable for the entry" msgstr "Secondary paintable for the entry" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:649 msgid "Primary icon name" msgstr "Primary icon name" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:650 msgid "Icon name for primary icon" msgstr "Icon name for primary icon" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:661 msgid "Secondary icon name" msgstr "Secondary icon name" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:662 msgid "Icon name for secondary icon" msgstr "Icon name for secondary icon" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:673 msgid "Primary GIcon" msgstr "Primary GIcon" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:674 msgid "GIcon for primary icon" msgstr "GIcon for primary icon" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:685 msgid "Secondary GIcon" msgstr "Secondary GIcon" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:686 msgid "GIcon for secondary icon" msgstr "GIcon for secondary icon" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:697 msgid "Primary storage type" msgstr "Primary storage type" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:698 msgid "The representation being used for primary icon" msgstr "The representation being used for primary icon" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:710 msgid "Secondary storage type" msgstr "Secondary storage type" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:711 msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon" msgstr "The representation being used for secondary icon" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:729 msgid "Primary icon activatable" msgstr "Primary icon activatable" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:730 msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable" msgstr "Whether the primary icon is activatable" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:747 msgid "Secondary icon activatable" msgstr "Secondary icon activatable" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:748 msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable" msgstr "Whether the secondary icon is activatable" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:766 msgid "Primary icon sensitive" msgstr "Primary icon sensitive" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:767 msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive" msgstr "Whether the primary icon is sensitive" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:785 msgid "Secondary icon sensitive" msgstr "Secondary icon sensitive" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:786 msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive" msgstr "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:799 msgid "Primary icon tooltip text" msgstr "Primary icon tooltip text" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:800 gtk/gtkentry.c:829 msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon" msgstr "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:813 msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text" msgstr "Secondary icon tooltip text" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:814 gtk/gtkentry.c:844 msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon" msgstr "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:828 msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup" msgstr "Primary icon tooltip markup" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:843 msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup" msgstr "Secondary icon tooltip markup" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:860 gtk/gtktext.c:841 gtk/gtktextview.c:1018 msgid "IM module" msgstr "IM module" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:861 gtk/gtktext.c:842 gtk/gtktextview.c:1019 msgid "Which IM module should be used" msgstr "Which IM module should be used" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:872 msgid "Completion" msgstr "Completion" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:873 msgid "The auxiliary completion object" msgstr "The auxiliary completion object" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:891 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:337 gtk/gtktext.c:860 #: gtk/gtktextview.c:1034 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Purpose" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:892 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:338 gtk/gtktext.c:861 #: gtk/gtktextview.c:1035 msgid "Purpose of the text field" msgstr "Purpose of the text field" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:905 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:345 gtk/gtktext.c:874 #: gtk/gtktextview.c:1050 msgid "hints" msgstr "hints" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:906 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:346 gtk/gtktext.c:875 #: gtk/gtktextview.c:1051 msgid "Hints for the text field behaviour" msgstr "Hints for the text field behaviour" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:924 #| msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer" msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the entry" msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the entry" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:935 gtk/gtktext.c:904 gtk/gtktexttag.c:557 #: gtk/gtktextview.c:968 msgid "Tabs" msgstr "Tabs" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:936 msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the entry" msgstr "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the entry" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:948 msgid "Emoji icon" msgstr "Emoji icon" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:949 msgid "Whether to show an icon for Emoji" msgstr "Whether to show an icon for Emoji" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:961 gtk/gtklabel.c:2399 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:463 #: gtk/gtktext.c:938 gtk/gtktextview.c:1074 #| msgid "Extra widget" msgid "Extra menu" msgstr "Extra menu" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:962 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:464 #| msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from" msgid "Model menu to append to the context menu" msgstr "Model menu to append to the context menu" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:968 gtk/gtktext.c:911 msgid "Enable Emoji completion" msgstr "Enable Emoji completion" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:969 gtk/gtktext.c:912 msgid "Whether to suggest Emoji replacements" msgstr "Whether to suggest Emoji replacements" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:294 msgid "Completion Model" msgstr "Completion Model" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:295 msgid "The model to find matches in" msgstr "The model to find matches in" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:301 msgid "Minimum Key Length" msgstr "Minimum Key Length" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:302 msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches" msgstr "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:314 gtk/gtkiconview.c:393 msgid "Text column" msgstr "Text column" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:315 msgid "The column of the model containing the strings." msgstr "The column of the model containing the strings." #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:329 msgid "Inline completion" msgstr "Inline completion" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:330 msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically" msgstr "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:342 msgid "Popup completion" msgstr "Popup completion" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:343 msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window" msgstr "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:355 msgid "Popup set width" msgstr "Popup set width" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:356 msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry" msgstr "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:370 msgid "Popup single match" msgstr "Popup single match" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:371 msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match." msgstr "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match." #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:383 msgid "Inline selection" msgstr "Inline selection" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:384 msgid "Your description here" msgstr "Your description here" #: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:198 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:369 #: gtk/gtkwidgetpaintable.c:250 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" #: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:199 msgid "Widget the gesture relates to" msgstr "Widget the gesture relates to" #: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:210 msgid "Propagation phase" msgstr "Propagation phase" #: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:211 msgid "Propagation phase at which this controller is run" msgstr "Propagation phase at which this controller is run" #: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:223 #| msgid "Propagation phase" msgid "Propagation limit" msgstr "Propagation limit" #: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:224 #| msgid "Propagation phase at which this controller is run" msgid "Propagation limit for events handled by this controller" msgstr "Propagation limit for events handled by this controller" #: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:237 #| msgid "Name of the printer" msgid "Name for this controller" msgstr "Name for this controller" #: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:198 #| msgid "Is focus" msgid "Is Focus" msgstr "Is Focus" #: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:199 #| msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgid "Whether the focus is in the controllers widget" msgstr "Whether the focus is in the controllers widget" #: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:216 #| msgid "Can focus" msgid "Contains Focus" msgstr "Contains Focus" #: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:217 #| msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgid "Whether the focus is in a descendant of the controllers widget" msgstr "Whether the focus is in a descendant of the controllers widget" #: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c:373 gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c:374 msgid "Flags" msgstr "Flags" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:313 gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1090 msgid "Expanded" msgstr "Expanded" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:314 msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget" msgstr "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:322 #| msgid "Text of the expander's label" msgid "Text of the expander’s label" msgstr "Text of the expander’s label" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:337 gtk/gtklabel.c:2204 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1212 msgid "Use markup" msgstr "Use markup" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:338 gtk/gtklabel.c:2205 msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()" msgstr "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:345 gtk/gtkframe.c:180 msgid "Label widget" msgstr "Label widget" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:346 msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label" msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:359 msgid "Resize toplevel" msgstr "Resize toplevel" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:360 msgid "" "Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and " "collapsing" msgstr "" "Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and " "collapsing" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:83 gtk/gtkshortcut.c:161 msgid "Action" msgstr "Action" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:84 msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing" msgstr "The type of operation that the file selector is performing" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:90 gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:565 msgid "Filter" msgstr "Filter" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:91 msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed" msgstr "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:96 msgid "Select Multiple" msgstr "Select Multiple" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:97 msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected" msgstr "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:112 #| msgid "Filter" msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filters" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:113 #| msgid "List of classes" msgid "List model of filters" msgstr "List model of filters" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:128 #| msgid "Shortcut Type" msgid "Shortcut Folders" msgstr "Shortcut Folders" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:129 msgid "List model of shortcut folders" msgstr "List model of shortcut folders" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:141 msgid "Allow folder creation" msgstr "Allow folder creation" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:142 msgid "" "Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new " "folders." msgstr "" "Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new " "folders." #: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:771 msgid "Accept label" msgstr "Accept label" #: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:772 msgid "The label on the accept button" msgstr "The label on the accept button" #: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:784 msgid "Cancel label" msgstr "Cancel label" #: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:785 msgid "The label on the cancel button" msgstr "The label on the cancel button" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7607 gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7608 msgid "Search mode" msgstr "Search mode" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7614 gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7615 #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:633 msgid "Subtitle" msgstr "Subtitle" #: gtk/gtkfilefilter.c:234 #| msgid "The human-readable title of this item group" msgid "The human-readable name for this filter" msgstr "The human-readable name for this filter" #: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:566 #| msgid "The text for the child label" msgid "The filter set for this model" msgstr "The filter set for this model" #: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:577 gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:784 #| msgid "Step Increment" msgid "Incremental" msgstr "Incremental" #: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:578 msgid "Filter items incrementally" msgstr "Filter items incrementally" #: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:590 gtk/gtkselectionfiltermodel.c:228 #| msgid "The GIcon being displayed" msgid "The model being filtered" msgstr "The model being filtered" #: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:601 gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:808 #| msgid "Padding" msgid "Pending" msgstr "Pending" #: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:602 #| msgid "Number of recently used files" msgid "Number of items not yet filtered" msgstr "Number of items not yet filtered" #: gtk/gtkfixedlayout.c:155 msgid "transform" msgstr "transform" #: gtk/gtkfixedlayout.c:156 msgid "The transform of a child of a fixed layout" msgstr "The transform of a child of a fixed layout" #: gtk/gtkflattenlistmodel.c:414 #| msgid "The model to find matches in" msgid "The model being flattened" msgstr "The model being flattened" #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3597 gtk/gtkiconview.c:360 gtk/gtklistbox.c:493 #: gtk/gtktreeselection.c:139 msgid "Selection mode" msgstr "Selection mode" #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3598 gtk/gtkiconview.c:361 gtk/gtklistbox.c:494 msgid "The selection mode" msgstr "The selection mode" #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3611 gtk/gtkiconview.c:589 gtk/gtklistbox.c:501 #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1157 msgid "Activate on Single Click" msgstr "Activate on Single Click" #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3612 gtk/gtkiconview.c:590 gtk/gtklistbox.c:502 #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1158 msgid "Activate row on a single click" msgstr "Activate row on a single click" #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3618 gtk/gtklistbox.c:508 gtk/gtklistbox.c:509 msgid "Accept unpaired release" msgstr "Accept unpaired release" #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3619 msgid "Accept an unpaired release event" msgstr "Accept an unpaired release event" #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3648 msgid "Minimum Children Per Line" msgstr "Minimum Children Per Line" #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3649 msgid "" "The minimum number of children to allocate consecutively in the given " "orientation." msgstr "" "The minimum number of children to allocate consecutively in the given " "orientation." #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3662 msgid "Maximum Children Per Line" msgstr "Maximum Children Per Line" #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3663 msgid "" "The maximum amount of children to request space for consecutively in the " "given orientation." msgstr "" "The maximum amount of children to request space for consecutively in the " "given orientation." #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3675 msgid "Vertical spacing" msgstr "Vertical spacing" #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3676 msgid "The amount of vertical space between two children" msgstr "The amount of vertical space between two children" #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3687 msgid "Horizontal spacing" msgstr "Horizontal spacing" #: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3688 msgid "The amount of horizontal space between two children" msgstr "The amount of horizontal space between two children" #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:485 msgid "The title of the font chooser dialog" msgstr "The title of the font chooser dialog" #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:498 msgid "Use font in label" msgstr "Use font in label" #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:499 msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font" msgstr "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font" #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:512 msgid "Use size in label" msgstr "Use size in label" #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:513 msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size" msgstr "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:76 msgid "Font description" msgstr "Font description" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:89 msgid "Preview text" msgstr "Preview text" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:90 msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font" msgstr "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:102 msgid "Show preview text entry" msgstr "Show preview text entry" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:103 msgid "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not" msgstr "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:115 msgid "Selection level" msgstr "Selection level" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:116 msgid "Whether to select family, face or font" msgstr "Whether to select family, face or font" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:132 msgid "Font features" msgstr "Font features" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:133 msgid "Font features as a string" msgstr "Font features as a string" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:148 msgid "Language for which features have been selected" msgstr "Language for which features have been selected" #: gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c:909 msgid "The tweak action" msgstr "The tweak action" #: gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c:910 msgid "The toggle action to switch to the tweak page" msgstr "The toggle action to switch to the tweak page" #: gtk/gtkframe.c:166 #| msgid "Text of the frame's label" msgid "Text of the frame’s label" msgstr "Text of the frame’s label" #: gtk/gtkframe.c:172 msgid "Label xalign" msgstr "Label xalign" #: gtk/gtkframe.c:173 msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label" msgstr "The horizontal alignment of the label" #: gtk/gtkframe.c:181 msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label" msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label" #: gtk/gtkgesture.c:757 msgid "Number of points" msgstr "Number of points" #: gtk/gtkgesture.c:758 msgid "Number of points needed to trigger the gesture" msgstr "Number of points needed to trigger the gesture" #: gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c:280 msgid "Delay factor" msgstr "Delay factor" #: gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c:281 msgid "Factor by which to modify the default timeout" msgstr "Factor by which to modify the default timeout" #: gtk/gtkgesturepan.c:236 gtk/gtklistbase.c:1147 gtk/gtkorientable.c:57 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "Orientation" #: gtk/gtkgesturepan.c:237 msgid "Allowed orientations" msgstr "Allowed orientations" #: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:265 msgid "Handle only touch events" msgstr "Handle only touch events" #: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:266 msgid "Whether the gesture handles only touch events" msgstr "Whether the gesture handles only touch events" #: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:278 gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:279 msgid "Whether the gesture is exclusive" msgstr "Whether the gesture is exclusive" #: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:290 msgid "Button number" msgstr "Button number" #: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:291 msgid "Button number to listen to" msgstr "Button number to listen to" #: gtk/gtkglarea.c:804 msgid "Context" msgstr "Context" #: gtk/gtkglarea.c:805 msgid "The GL context" msgstr "The GL context" #: gtk/gtkglarea.c:825 msgid "Auto render" msgstr "Auto render" #: gtk/gtkglarea.c:826 msgid "Whether the GtkGLArea renders on each redraw" msgstr "Whether the GtkGLArea renders on each redraw" #: gtk/gtkglarea.c:840 msgid "Has depth buffer" msgstr "Has depth buffer" #: gtk/gtkglarea.c:841 msgid "Whether a depth buffer is allocated" msgstr "Whether a depth buffer is allocated" #: gtk/gtkglarea.c:855 msgid "Has stencil buffer" msgstr "Has stencil buffer" #: gtk/gtkglarea.c:856 msgid "Whether a stencil buffer is allocated" msgstr "Whether a stencil buffer is allocated" #: gtk/gtkglarea.c:872 msgid "Use OpenGL ES" msgstr "Use OpenGL ES" #: gtk/gtkglarea.c:873 msgid "Whether the context uses OpenGL or OpenGL ES" msgstr "Whether the context uses OpenGL or OpenGL ES" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:366 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1669 msgid "Row spacing" msgstr "Row spacing" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:367 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1670 msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows" msgstr "The amount of space between two consecutive rows" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:373 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1681 msgid "Column spacing" msgstr "Column spacing" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:374 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1682 msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns" msgstr "The amount of space between two consecutive columns" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:380 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1693 msgid "Row Homogeneous" msgstr "Row Homogeneous" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:381 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1694 msgid "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height" msgstr "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:387 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1705 msgid "Column Homogeneous" msgstr "Column Homogeneous" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:388 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1706 msgid "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width" msgstr "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:394 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1718 msgid "Baseline Row" msgstr "Baseline Row" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:395 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1719 msgid "The row to align the to the baseline when valign is GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE" msgstr "The row to align the to the baseline when valign is GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE" #: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:167 #| msgid "Columns" msgid "Column" msgstr "Column" #: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:168 #| msgid "The amount of space between children" msgid "The column to place the child in" msgstr "The column to place the child in" #: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:179 #| msgid "Rows" msgid "Row" msgstr "Row" #: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:180 #| msgid "The amount of space between children" msgid "The row to place the child in" msgstr "The row to place the child in" #: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:191 #| msgid "Column spacing" msgid "Column span" msgstr "Column span" #: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:192 msgid "The number of columns that a child spans" msgstr "The number of columns that a child spans" #: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:203 #| msgid "Row spacing" msgid "Row span" msgstr "Row span" #: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:204 msgid "The number of rows that a child spans" msgstr "The number of rows that a child spans" #: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1075 #| msgid "Markup column" msgid "Max columns" msgstr "Max columns" #: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1076 #| msgid "Number of columns" msgid "Maximum number of columns per row" msgstr "Maximum number of columns per row" #: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1087 #| msgid "Pixbuf column" msgid "Min columns" msgstr "Min columns" #: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1088 #| msgid "Number of columns" msgid "Minimum number of columns per row" msgstr "Minimum number of columns per row" #: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:562 #| msgid "Edit Widget" msgid "Title Widget" msgstr "Title Widget" #: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:563 #| msgid "Custom title widget to display" msgid "Title widget to display" msgstr "Title widget to display" #: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:579 #| msgid "Show Close button" msgid "Show title buttons" msgstr "Show title buttons" #: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:580 #| msgid "Whether to show window decorations" msgid "Whether to show title buttons" msgstr "Whether to show title buttons" #: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:596 gtk/gtksettings.c:815 gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:534 msgid "Decoration Layout" msgstr "Decoration Layout" #: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:597 gtk/gtksettings.c:816 gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:535 msgid "The layout for window decorations" msgstr "The layout for window decorations" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1005 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1006 #| msgid "Secondary icon name" msgid "Supported icon names" msgstr "Supported icon names" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1023 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1024 #| msgid "Search mode" msgid "Search path" msgstr "Search path" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1042 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1043 #| msgid "Resource" msgid "Resource path" msgstr "Resource path" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1058 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1059 #| msgid "Theme Name" msgid "Theme name" msgstr "Theme name" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3574 #| msgid "Profile" msgid "file" msgstr "file" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3575 #| msgid "The icon representing the volume" msgid "The file representing the icon" msgstr "The file representing the icon" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3585 gtk/gtkstack.c:425 msgid "Icon name" msgstr "Icon name" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3586 #| msgid "The icon name of the child page" msgid "The icon name chosen during lookup" msgstr "The icon name chosen during lookup" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3596 #| msgid "Use symbolic icons" msgid "Is symbolic" msgstr "Is symbolic" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3597 #| msgid "Whether to use symbolic icons" msgid "If the icon is symbolic" msgstr "If the icon is symbolic" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:377 msgid "Pixbuf column" msgstr "Pixbuf column" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:378 msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from" msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:394 msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from" msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the text from" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:411 msgid "Markup column" msgstr "Markup column" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:412 msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup" msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:419 msgid "Icon View Model" msgstr "Icon View Model" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:420 msgid "The model for the icon view" msgstr "The model for the icon view" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:434 msgid "Number of columns" msgstr "Number of columns" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:435 msgid "Number of columns to display" msgstr "Number of columns to display" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:450 msgid "Width for each item" msgstr "Width for each item" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:451 msgid "The width used for each item" msgstr "The width used for each item" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:465 msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item" msgstr "Space which is inserted between cells of an item" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:478 msgid "Row Spacing" msgstr "Row Spacing" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:479 msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows" msgstr "Space which is inserted between grid rows" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:492 msgid "Column Spacing" msgstr "Column Spacing" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:493 msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns" msgstr "Space which is inserted between grid columns" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:506 msgid "Margin" msgstr "Margin" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:507 msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view" msgstr "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:520 msgid "Item Orientation" msgstr "Item Orientation" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:521 msgid "" "How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other" msgstr "" "How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:536 gtk/gtktreeview.c:1024 msgid "View is reorderable" msgstr "View is reorderable" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:543 gtk/gtktreeview.c:1143 msgid "Tooltip Column" msgstr "Tooltip Column" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:544 msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items" msgstr "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:559 msgid "Item Padding" msgstr "Item Padding" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:560 msgid "Padding around icon view items" msgstr "Padding around icon view items" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:172 gtk/gtkpicture.c:330 #| msgid "Editable" msgid "Paintable" msgstr "Paintable" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:173 #| msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display" msgid "A GdkPaintable to display" msgstr "A GdkPaintable to display" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:180 msgid "Filename to load and display" msgstr "Filename to load and display" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:186 msgid "Icon size" msgstr "Icon size" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:187 #| msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon" msgid "Symbolic size to use for icon set or named icon" msgstr "Symbolic size to use for icon set or named icon" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:201 msgid "Pixel size" msgstr "Pixel size" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:202 msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon" msgstr "Pixel size to use for named icon" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:242 msgid "The resource path being displayed" msgstr "The resource path being displayed" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:248 msgid "Storage type" msgstr "Storage type" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:249 msgid "The representation being used for image data" msgstr "The representation being used for image data" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:264 msgid "Use Fallback" msgstr "Use Fallback" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:265 msgid "Whether to use icon names fallback" msgstr "Whether to use icon names fallback" #: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:357 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:364 msgid "Message Type" msgstr "Message Type" #: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:358 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:365 msgid "The type of message" msgstr "The type of message" #: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:370 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:321 msgid "Show Close Button" msgstr "Show Close Button" #: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:371 msgid "Whether to include a standard close button" msgstr "Whether to include a standard close button" #: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:378 #| msgid "Controls whether the action bar shows its contents or not" msgid "Controls whether the info bar shows its contents or not" msgstr "Controls whether the info bar shows its contents or not" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2191 msgid "The text of the label" msgstr "The text of the label" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2198 msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label" msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2218 gtk/gtktexttag.c:382 gtk/gtktextview.c:877 msgid "Justification" msgstr "Justification" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2219 msgid "" "The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. " "This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See " "GtkLabel:xalign for that" msgstr "" "The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. " "This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See " "GtkLabel:xalign for that" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2250 msgid "Y align" msgstr "Y align" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2251 msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)" msgstr "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2258 msgid "Line wrap" msgstr "Line wrap" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2259 msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide" msgstr "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2272 msgid "Line wrap mode" msgstr "Line wrap mode" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2273 msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done" msgstr "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2281 msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse" msgstr "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2287 msgid "Mnemonic key" msgstr "Mnemonic key" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2288 msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label" msgstr "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2295 msgid "Mnemonic widget" msgstr "Mnemonic widget" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2296 #| msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed" msgid "The widget to be activated when the label’s mnemonic key is pressed" msgstr "The widget to be activated when the label’s mnemonic key is pressed" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2318 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have " "enough room to display the entire string" msgstr "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have " "enough room to display the entire string" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2352 msgid "Single Line Mode" msgstr "Single Line Mode" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2353 msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode" msgstr "Whether the label is in single line mode" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2370 msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters" msgstr "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2385 msgid "Number of lines" msgstr "Number of lines" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2386 msgid "The desired number of lines, when ellipsizing a wrapping label" msgstr "The desired number of lines, when ellipsizing a wrapping label" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:2400 gtk/gtktext.c:939 gtk/gtktextview.c:1075 #| msgid "The model for the tree menu" msgid "Menu model to append to the context menu" msgstr "Menu model to append to the context menu" #: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:945 msgid "Currently filled value level" msgstr "Currently filled value level" #: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:946 msgid "Currently filled value level of the level bar" msgstr "Currently filled value level of the level bar" #: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:958 msgid "Minimum value level for the bar" msgstr "Minimum value level for the bar" #: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:959 msgid "Minimum value level that can be displayed by the bar" msgstr "Minimum value level that can be displayed by the bar" #: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:971 msgid "Maximum value level for the bar" msgstr "Maximum value level for the bar" #: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:972 msgid "Maximum value level that can be displayed by the bar" msgstr "Maximum value level that can be displayed by the bar" #: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:990 msgid "The mode of the value indicator" msgstr "The mode of the value indicator" #: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:991 msgid "The mode of the value indicator displayed by the bar" msgstr "The mode of the value indicator displayed by the bar" #: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1005 msgid "Invert the direction in which the level bar grows" msgstr "Invert the direction in which the level bar grows" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:180 msgid "URI" msgstr "URI" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:181 msgid "The URI bound to this button" msgstr "The URI bound to this button" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:194 msgid "Visited" msgstr "Visited" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:195 msgid "Whether this link has been visited." msgstr "Whether this link has been visited." #: gtk/gtklistbase.c:1148 gtk/gtkorientable.c:58 msgid "The orientation of the orientable" msgstr "The orientation of the orientable" #: gtk/gtklistbox.c:515 gtk/gtklistview.c:843 #| msgid "Has separator" msgid "Show separators" msgstr "Show separators" #: gtk/gtklistbox.c:3480 msgid "Whether this row can be activated" msgstr "Whether this row can be activated" #: gtk/gtklistbox.c:3492 msgid "Whether this row can be selected" msgstr "Whether this row can be selected" #: gtk/gtklistitem.c:174 #| msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user" msgid "If the item can be activated by the user" msgstr "If the item can be activated by the user" #: gtk/gtklistitem.c:186 #| msgid "Widget to display in center" msgid "Widget used for display" msgstr "Widget used for display" #: gtk/gtklistitem.c:197 gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:520 gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1102 msgid "Item" msgstr "Item" #: gtk/gtklistitem.c:198 #| msgid "Display" msgid "Displayed item" msgstr "Displayed item" #: gtk/gtklistitem.c:209 gtk/gtknotebook.c:611 gtk/gtkpaned.c:446 #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1671 msgid "Position" msgstr "Position" #: gtk/gtklistitem.c:210 #| msgid "Position of the item within this group" msgid "Position of the item" msgstr "Position of the item" #: gtk/gtklistitem.c:222 #| msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user" msgid "If the item can be selected by the user" msgstr "If the item can be selected by the user" #: gtk/gtklistitem.c:234 #| msgid "The item which is currently active" msgid "If the item is currently selected" msgstr "If the item is currently selected" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:264 msgid "Permission" msgstr "Permission" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:265 msgid "The GPermission object controlling this button" msgstr "The GPermission object controlling this button" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:272 msgid "Lock Text" msgstr "Lock Text" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:273 msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to lock" msgstr "The text to display when prompting the user to lock" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:281 msgid "Unlock Text" msgstr "Unlock Text" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:282 msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock" msgstr "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:290 msgid "Lock Tooltip" msgstr "Lock Tooltip" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:291 msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock" msgstr "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:299 msgid "Unlock Tooltip" msgstr "Unlock Tooltip" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:300 msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock" msgstr "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:308 msgid "Not Authorized Tooltip" msgstr "Not Authorized Tooltip" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:309 msgid "" "The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization" msgstr "" "The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization" #: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:187 msgid "Inspected" msgstr "Inspected" #: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:188 msgid "Inspected widget" msgstr "Inspected widget" #: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:194 gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:195 msgid "magnification" msgstr "magnification" #: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:201 gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:202 msgid "resize" msgstr "resize" #: gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:363 msgid "has map" msgstr "has map" #: gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:364 msgid "If a map is set for this model" msgstr "If a map is set for this model" #: gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:376 #| msgid "The model to find matches in" msgid "The model being mapped" msgstr "The model being mapped" #: gtk/gtkmediacontrols.c:276 gtk/gtkvideo.c:342 msgid "Media Stream" msgstr "Media Stream" #: gtk/gtkmediacontrols.c:277 msgid "The media stream managed" msgstr "The media stream managed" #: gtk/gtkmediafile.c:162 msgid "File being played back" msgstr "File being played back" #: gtk/gtkmediafile.c:173 #| msgid "Input source" msgid "Input stream" msgstr "Input stream" #: gtk/gtkmediafile.c:174 msgid "Input stream being played back" msgstr "Input stream being played back" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:304 msgid "Prepared" msgstr "Prepared" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:305 #| msgid "Whether the status icon is visible" msgid "Whether the stream has finished initializing" msgstr "Whether the stream has finished initializing" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:316 #| msgid "Error Bell" msgid "Error" msgstr "Error" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:317 msgid "Error the stream is in" msgstr "Error the stream is in" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:328 #| msgid "Has padding" msgid "Has audio" msgstr "Has audio" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:329 #| msgid "Whether the status icon is visible" msgid "Whether the stream contains audio" msgstr "Whether the stream contains audio" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:340 #| msgid "Has default" msgid "Has video" msgstr "Has video" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:341 #| msgid "Whether the status icon is visible" msgid "Whether the stream contains video" msgstr "Whether the stream contains video" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:352 msgid "Playing" msgstr "Playing" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:353 #| msgid "Whether the gesture is exclusive" msgid "Whether the stream is playing" msgstr "Whether the stream is playing" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:364 #| msgid "Expanded" msgid "Ended" msgstr "Ended" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:365 msgid "Set when playback has finished" msgstr "Set when playback has finished" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:376 msgid "Timestamp" msgstr "Timestamp" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:377 gtk/gtkmediastream.c:389 #| msgid "Hold Time (in milliseconds)" msgid "Timestamp in microseconds" msgstr "Timestamp in microseconds" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:388 #| msgid "Fraction" msgid "Duration" msgstr "Duration" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:400 #| msgid "Selectable" msgid "Seekable" msgstr "Seekable" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:401 msgid "Set unless seeking is not supported" msgstr "Set unless seeking is not supported" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:412 msgid "Seeking" msgstr "Seeking" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:413 msgid "Set while a seek is in progress" msgstr "Set while a seek is in progress" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:424 gtk/gtkvideo.c:330 msgid "Loop" msgstr "Loop" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:425 msgid "Try to restart the media from the beginning once it ended." msgstr "Try to restart the media from the beginning once it ended." #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:436 msgid "Muted" msgstr "Muted" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:437 #| msgid "Whether a palette should be used" msgid "Whether the audio stream should be muted." msgstr "Whether the audio stream should be muted." #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:448 #| msgid "Columns" msgid "Volume" msgstr "Volume" #: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:449 #| msgid "Value of the progress bar" msgid "Volume of the audio stream." msgstr "Volume of the audio stream." #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:377 gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c:637 gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:563 msgid "Menu model" msgstr "Menu model" #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:378 msgid "The model from which the popup is made." msgstr "The model from which the popup is made." #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:391 msgid "The direction the arrow should point." msgstr "The direction the arrow should point." #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:403 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1244 msgid "Popover" msgstr "Popover" #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:404 msgid "The popover" msgstr "The popover" #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:418 #| msgid "The label on the accept button" msgid "The label for the button" msgstr "The label for the button" #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:431 #| msgid "Has Frame" msgid "Has frame" msgstr "Has frame" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:372 msgid "Message Buttons" msgstr "Message Buttons" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:373 msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog" msgstr "The buttons shown in the message dialog" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:387 msgid "The primary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The primary text of the message dialog" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:399 msgid "Use Markup" msgstr "Use Markup" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:400 msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup." msgstr "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup." #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:411 msgid "Secondary Text" msgstr "Secondary Text" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:412 msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The secondary text of the message dialog" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:424 msgid "Use Markup in secondary" msgstr "Use Markup in secondary" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:425 msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup." msgstr "The secondary text includes Pango markup." #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:438 msgid "Message area" msgstr "Message area" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:439 #| msgid "GtkBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels" msgid "GtkBox that holds the dialog’s primary and secondary labels" msgstr "GtkBox that holds the dialog’s primary and secondary labels" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1172 msgid "Role" msgstr "Role" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1173 msgid "The role of this button" msgstr "The role of this button" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1187 msgid "The icon" msgstr "The icon" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1199 msgid "The text" msgstr "The text" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1213 msgid "The text of the button includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()" msgstr "The text of the button includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1237 msgid "Menu name" msgstr "Menu name" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1238 msgid "The name of the menu to open" msgstr "The name of the menu to open" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1245 #| msgid "Popover" msgid "Popover to open" msgstr "Popover to open" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1258 msgid "Iconic" msgstr "Iconic" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1259 msgid "Whether to prefer the icon over text" msgstr "Whether to prefer the icon over text" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1272 #| msgid "Icon Size Group" msgid "Size group" msgstr "Size group" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1273 #| msgid "Size of check or radio indicator" msgid "Size group for checks and radios" msgstr "Size group for checks and radios" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1278 #| msgid "Accel Path" msgid "Accel" msgstr "Accel" #: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1279 #| msgid "The type of accelerators" msgid "The accelerator" msgstr "The accelerator" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:176 msgid "The parent window" msgstr "The parent window" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:183 msgid "Is Showing" msgstr "Is Showing" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:184 msgid "Are we showing a dialog" msgstr "Are we showing a dialog" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:192 #| msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed." msgid "The display where this window will be displayed." msgstr "The display where this window will be displayed." #: gtk/gtkmultiselection.c:357 msgid "List managed by this selection" msgstr "List managed by this selection" #: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:213 msgid "Dialog Title" msgstr "Dialog Title" #: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:214 msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog" msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialog" #: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:226 msgid "" "If TRUE, the dialog is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is " "up)" msgstr "" "If TRUE, the dialog is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is " "up)" #: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:238 msgid "Whether the dialog is currently visible" msgstr "Whether the dialog is currently visible" #: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:249 gtk/gtkwindow.c:859 msgid "Transient for Window" msgstr "Transient for Window" #: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:250 gtk/gtkwindow.c:860 msgid "The transient parent of the dialog" msgstr "The transient parent of the dialog" #: gtk/gtknoselection.c:204 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:439 #| msgid "The child model" msgid "The model" msgstr "The model" #: gtk/gtknoselection.c:205 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:440 #| msgid "The model to find matches in" msgid "The model being managed" msgstr "The model being managed" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:577 #| msgid "The title of the child page" msgid "The child for this page" msgstr "The child for this page" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:583 #| msgid "Tabs" msgid "Tab" msgstr "Tab" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:584 #| msgid "The title of the child page" msgid "The tab widget for this page" msgstr "The tab widget for this page" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:590 msgid "Menu" msgstr "Menu" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:591 #| msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry" msgid "The label widget displayed in the child’s menu entry" msgstr "The label widget displayed in the child’s menu entry" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:597 msgid "Tab label" msgstr "Tab label" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:598 #| msgid "The text of the label" msgid "The text of the tab widget" msgstr "The text of the tab widget" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:604 msgid "Menu label" msgstr "Menu label" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:605 #| msgid "The name of the widget" msgid "The text of the menu widget" msgstr "The text of the menu widget" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:612 msgid "The index of the child in the parent" msgstr "The index of the child in the parent" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:618 msgid "Tab expand" msgstr "Tab expand" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:619 #| msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab" msgid "Whether to expand the child’s tab" msgstr "Whether to expand the child’s tab" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:625 msgid "Tab fill" msgstr "Tab fill" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:626 #| msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area" msgid "Whether the child’s tab should fill the allocated area" msgstr "Whether the child’s tab should fill the allocated area" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:632 msgid "Tab reorderable" msgstr "Tab reorderable" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:633 msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action" msgstr "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:639 msgid "Tab detachable" msgstr "Tab detachable" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:640 msgid "Whether the tab is detachable" msgstr "Whether the tab is detachable" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1057 msgid "Page" msgstr "Page" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1058 msgid "The index of the current page" msgstr "The index of the current page" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1065 msgid "Tab Position" msgstr "Tab Position" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1066 msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs" msgstr "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1073 msgid "Show Tabs" msgstr "Show Tabs" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1074 msgid "Whether tabs should be shown" msgstr "Whether tabs should be shown" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1080 msgid "Show Border" msgstr "Show Border" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1081 msgid "Whether the border should be shown" msgstr "Whether the border should be shown" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1087 msgid "Scrollable" msgstr "Scrollable" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1088 msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit" msgstr "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1094 msgid "Enable Popup" msgstr "Enable Popup" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1095 msgid "" "If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that " "you can use to go to a page" msgstr "" "If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that " "you can use to go to a page" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1106 msgid "Group Name" msgstr "Group Name" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1107 msgid "Group name for tab drag and drop" msgstr "Group name for tab drag and drop" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1114 #| msgid "The page size of the adjustment" msgid "The pages of the notebook." msgstr "The pages of the notebook." #: gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:551 gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:253 #: gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:297 msgid "Expression to compare with" msgstr "Expression to compare with" #: gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:561 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:397 msgid "Sort order" msgstr "Sort order" #: gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:562 #| msgid "Whether to reserve space for a subtitle" msgid "Whether to sort smaller numbers first" msgstr "Whether to sort smaller numbers first" #: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:136 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Measure" #: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:137 #| msgid "Icon size set" msgid "Include in size measurement" msgstr "Include in size measurement" #: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:147 msgid "Clip Overlay" msgstr "Clip Overlay" #: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:148 msgid "Clip the overlay child widget so as to fit the parent" msgstr "Clip the overlay child widget so as to fit the parent" #: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:370 msgid "Action group" msgstr "Action group" #: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:371 msgid "Action group to launch actions from" msgstr "Action group to launch actions from" #: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:376 msgid "Pad device" msgstr "Pad device" #: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:377 msgid "Pad device to control" msgstr "Pad device to control" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:447 msgid "" "Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)" msgstr "" "Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:453 msgid "Position Set" msgstr "Position Set" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:454 msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used" msgstr "TRUE if the Position property should be used" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:467 msgid "Minimal Position" msgstr "Minimal Position" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:468 #| msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property" msgid "Smallest possible value for the “position” property" msgstr "Smallest possible value for the “position” property" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:481 msgid "Maximal Position" msgstr "Maximal Position" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:482 #| msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property" msgid "Largest possible value for the “position” property" msgstr "Largest possible value for the “position” property" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:495 msgid "Wide Handle" msgstr "Wide Handle" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:496 msgid "Whether the paned should have a prominent handle" msgstr "Whether the paned should have a prominent handle" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:508 #| msgid "Resize grip" msgid "Resize first child" msgstr "Resize first child" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:509 #| msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget" msgid "" "If TRUE, the first child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget" msgstr "" "If TRUE, the first child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:521 #| msgid "Resize mode" msgid "Resize second child" msgstr "Resize second child" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:522 #| msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget" msgid "" "If TRUE, the second child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget" msgstr "" "If TRUE, the second child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:534 msgid "Shrink first child" msgstr "Shrink first child" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:535 #| msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition" msgid "If TRUE, the first child can be made smaller than its requisition" msgstr "If TRUE, the first child can be made smaller than its requisition" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:547 msgid "Shrink second child" msgstr "Shrink second child" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:548 #| msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition" msgid "If TRUE, the second child can be made smaller than its requisition" msgstr "If TRUE, the second child can be made smaller than its requisition" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:554 #| msgid "Visible child" msgid "First child" msgstr "First child" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:555 #| msgid "Name of visible child" msgid "The first child" msgstr "The first child" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:561 #| msgid "Obey child" msgid "Second child" msgstr "Second child" #: gtk/gtkpaned.c:562 #| msgid "The selected color" msgid "The second child" msgstr "The second child" #: gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:450 #| msgid "Show Icons" msgid "Show Peek Icon" msgstr "Show Peek Icon" #: gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:451 #| msgid "Whether to show an icon for Emoji" msgid "Whether to show an icon for revealing the content" msgstr "Whether to show an icon for revealing the content" #: gtk/gtkpicture.c:331 #| msgid "The title to display" msgid "The GdkPaintable to display" msgstr "The GdkPaintable to display" #: gtk/gtkpicture.c:343 #| msgid "Filename to load and display" msgid "File to load and display" msgstr "File to load and display" #: gtk/gtkpicture.c:354 #| msgid "Alternative button order" msgid "Alternative text" msgstr "Alternative text" #: gtk/gtkpicture.c:355 msgid "The alternative textual description" msgstr "The alternative textual description" #: gtk/gtkpicture.c:367 #| msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio" msgid "Keep aspect ratio" msgstr "Keep aspect ratio" #: gtk/gtkpicture.c:368 msgid "Render contents respecting the aspect ratio" msgstr "Render contents respecting the aspect ratio" #: gtk/gtkpicture.c:379 #| msgid "Shrink" msgid "Can shrink" msgstr "Can shrink" #: gtk/gtkpicture.c:380 #| msgid "Style of bevel around the contents" msgid "Allow self to be smaller than contents" msgstr "Allow self to be smaller than contents" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4326 msgid "Location to Select" msgstr "Location to Select" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4327 msgid "The location to highlight in the sidebar" msgstr "The location to highlight in the sidebar" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4332 gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2254 msgid "Open Flags" msgstr "Open Flags" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4333 gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2255 msgid "" "Modes in which the calling application can open locations selected in the " "sidebar" msgstr "" "Modes in which the calling application can open locations selected in the " "sidebar" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4339 msgid "Show recent files" msgstr "Show recent files" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4340 msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut for recent files" msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut for recent files" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4345 #| msgid "Show 'Desktop'" msgid "Show “Desktop”" msgstr "Show “Desktop”" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4346 msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Desktop folder" msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Desktop folder" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4351 #| msgid "Show “Starred Location”" msgid "Show “Enter Location”" msgstr "Show “Enter Location”" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4352 msgid "" "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to manually enter a location" msgstr "" "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to manually enter a location" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4357 #| msgid "Show 'Trash'" msgid "Show “Trash”" msgstr "Show “Trash”" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4358 msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Trash location" msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Trash location" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4363 #| msgid "Show 'Other locations'" msgid "Show “Other locations”" msgstr "Show “Other locations”" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4364 msgid "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show external locations" msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show external locations" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4369 msgid "Show “Starred Location”" msgstr "Show “Starred Location”" #: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4370 msgid "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show starred files" msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show starred files" #: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2240 msgid "Loading" msgstr "Loading" #: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2241 msgid "Whether the view is loading locations" msgstr "Whether the view is loading locations" #: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2247 msgid "Fetching networks" msgstr "Fetching networks" #: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2248 msgid "Whether the view is fetching networks" msgstr "Whether the view is fetching networks" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:340 msgid "Icon of the row" msgstr "Icon of the row" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:341 msgid "The icon representing the volume" msgstr "The icon representing the volume" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:347 msgid "Name of the volume" msgstr "Name of the volume" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:348 msgid "The name of the volume" msgstr "The name of the volume" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:354 msgid "Path of the volume" msgstr "Path of the volume" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:355 msgid "The path of the volume" msgstr "The path of the volume" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:361 msgid "Volume represented by the row" msgstr "Volume represented by the row" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:362 msgid "The volume represented by the row" msgstr "The volume represented by the row" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:368 msgid "Mount represented by the row" msgstr "Mount represented by the row" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:369 msgid "The mount point represented by the row, if any" msgstr "The mount point represented by the row, if any" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:375 msgid "File represented by the row" msgstr "File represented by the row" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:376 msgid "The file represented by the row, if any" msgstr "The file represented by the row, if any" #: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:382 gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:383 msgid "Whether the row represents a network location" msgstr "Whether the row represents a network location" #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1664 msgid "Pointing to" msgstr "Pointing to" #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1665 msgid "Rectangle the bubble window points to" msgstr "Rectangle the bubble window points to" #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1672 msgid "Position to place the bubble window" msgstr "Position to place the bubble window" #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1679 #| msgid "Whether the popover is modal" msgid "Whether to dismiss the popover on outside clicks" msgstr "Whether to dismiss the popover on outside clicks" #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1685 gtk/gtkwindow.c:920 #| msgid "Default Width" msgid "Default widget" msgstr "Default widget" #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1686 gtk/gtkwindow.c:921 #| msgid "The name of the widget" msgid "The default widget" msgstr "The default widget" #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1692 #| msgid "Show Arrow" msgid "Has Arrow" msgstr "Has Arrow" #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1693 #| msgid "Whether to show an icon for Emoji" msgid "Whether to draw an arrow" msgstr "Whether to draw an arrow" #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1699 #| msgid "Mnemonics Visible" msgid "Mnemonics visible" msgstr "Mnemonics visible" #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1700 #| msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window" msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this popover" msgstr "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this popover" #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1713 msgid "Cascade popdown" msgstr "Cascade popdown" #: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1714 #| msgid "Whether the popover is modal" msgid "Whether the popover pops down after a child popover" msgstr "Whether the popover pops down after a child popover" #: gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c:638 #| msgid "The model from which the popup is made." msgid "The model from which the bar is made." msgstr "The model from which the bar is made." #: gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:555 msgid "Visible submenu" msgstr "Visible submenu" #: gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:556 msgid "The name of the visible submenu" msgstr "The name of the visible submenu" #: gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:564 #| msgid "The model from which the popup is made." msgid "The model from which the menu is made." msgstr "The model from which the menu is made." #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:120 msgid "Name of the printer" msgstr "Name of the printer" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:126 msgid "Backend" msgstr "Backend" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:127 msgid "Backend for the printer" msgstr "Backend for the printer" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:133 msgid "Is Virtual" msgstr "Is Virtual" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:134 msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer" msgstr "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:140 msgid "Accepts PDF" msgstr "Accepts PDF" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:141 msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF" msgstr "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:147 msgid "Accepts PostScript" msgstr "Accepts PostScript" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:148 msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript" msgstr "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:154 msgid "State Message" msgstr "State Message" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:155 msgid "String giving the current state of the printer" msgstr "String giving the current state of the printer" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:161 msgid "Location" msgstr "Location" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:162 msgid "The location of the printer" msgstr "The location of the printer" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:169 msgid "The icon name to use for the printer" msgstr "The icon name to use for the printer" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:175 msgid "Job Count" msgstr "Job Count" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:176 msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer" msgstr "Number of jobs queued in the printer" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:192 msgid "Paused Printer" msgstr "Paused Printer" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:193 msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused" msgstr "TRUE if this printer is paused" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:204 msgid "Accepting Jobs" msgstr "Accepting Jobs" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:205 msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs" msgstr "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs" #: gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:103 msgid "Option Value" msgstr "Option Value" #: gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:104 msgid "Value of the option" msgstr "Value of the option" #: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:129 msgid "Source option" msgstr "Source option" #: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:130 msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget" msgstr "The PrinterOption backing this widget" #: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:145 msgid "Title of the print job" msgstr "Title of the print job" #: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:153 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Printer" #: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:154 msgid "Printer to print the job to" msgstr "Printer to print the job to" #: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:162 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Settings" #: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:163 msgid "Printer settings" msgstr "Printer settings" #: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:171 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:172 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:381 msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "Page Setup" #: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:180 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1192 msgid "Track Print Status" msgstr "Track Print Status" #: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:181 msgid "" "TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the " "print data has been sent to the printer or print server." msgstr "" "TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the " "print data has been sent to the printer or print server." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1076 msgid "Default Page Setup" msgstr "Default Page Setup" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1077 msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default" msgstr "The GtkPageSetup used by default" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1093 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:399 msgid "Print Settings" msgstr "Print Settings" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1094 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:400 msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog" msgstr "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1110 msgid "Job Name" msgstr "Job Name" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1111 msgid "A string used for identifying the print job." msgstr "A string used for identifying the print job." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1133 msgid "Number of Pages" msgstr "Number of Pages" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1134 msgid "The number of pages in the document." msgstr "The number of pages in the document." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1153 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:389 msgid "Current Page" msgstr "Current Page" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1154 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:390 msgid "The current page in the document" msgstr "The current page in the document" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1173 msgid "Use full page" msgstr "Use full page" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1174 msgid "" "TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and " "not the corner of the imageable area" msgstr "" "TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and " "not the corner of the imageable area" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1193 msgid "" "TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status " "after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server." msgstr "" "TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status " "after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1208 msgid "Unit" msgstr "Unit" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1209 msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context" msgstr "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1224 msgid "Show Dialog" msgstr "Show Dialog" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1225 msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing." msgstr "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1246 msgid "Allow Async" msgstr "Allow Async" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1247 msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous." msgstr "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1267 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1268 msgid "Export filename" msgstr "Export filename" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1280 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1281 msgid "The status of the print operation" msgstr "The status of the print operation" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1299 msgid "Status String" msgstr "Status String" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1300 msgid "A human-readable description of the status" msgstr "A human-readable description of the status" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1316 msgid "Custom tab label" msgstr "Custom tab label" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1317 msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets." msgstr "Label for the tab containing custom widgets." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1330 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:424 msgid "Support Selection" msgstr "Support Selection" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1331 msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection." msgstr "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1345 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:432 msgid "Has Selection" msgstr "Has Selection" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1346 msgid "TRUE if a selection exists." msgstr "TRUE if a selection exists." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1359 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:440 msgid "Embed Page Setup" msgstr "Embed Page Setup" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1360 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:441 msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog" msgstr "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1379 msgid "Number of Pages To Print" msgstr "Number of Pages To Print" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1380 msgid "The number of pages that will be printed." msgstr "The number of pages that will be printed." #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:382 msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use" msgstr "The GtkPageSetup to use" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:407 msgid "Selected Printer" msgstr "Selected Printer" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:408 msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected" msgstr "The GtkPrinter which is selected" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:415 msgid "Manual Capabilities" msgstr "Manual Capabilities" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:416 msgid "Capabilities the application can handle" msgstr "Capabilities the application can handle" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:425 msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection" msgstr "Whether the dialog supports selection" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:433 msgid "Whether the application has a selection" msgstr "Whether the application has a selection" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:192 msgid "Fraction" msgstr "Fraction" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:193 msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed" msgstr "The fraction of total work that has been completed" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:200 msgid "Pulse Step" msgstr "Pulse Step" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:201 msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed" msgstr "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:209 msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar" msgstr "Text to be displayed in the progress bar" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:228 msgid "Show text" msgstr "Show text" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:229 msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text." msgstr "Whether the progress is shown as text." #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:248 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not " "have enough room to display the entire string, if at all." msgstr "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not " "have enough room to display the entire string, if at all." #: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:376 #| msgid "Storage type" msgid "Item type" msgstr "Item type" #: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:377 #| msgid "The type of message" msgid "The type of elements of this object" msgstr "The type of elements of this object" #: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:388 #| msgid "Pack type" msgid "type" msgstr "type" #: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:389 #| msgid "The name of the property" msgid "Name of the property used for lookups" msgstr "Name of the property used for lookups" #: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:400 #| msgid "Pixbuf Object" msgid "Object" msgstr "Object" #: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:401 #| msgid "The auxiliary completion object" msgid "The root object" msgstr "The root object" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:365 msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object" msgstr "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:372 msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value" msgstr "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:385 msgid "Show Fill Level" msgstr "Show Fill Level" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:386 msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough." msgstr "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough." #: gtk/gtkrange.c:399 msgid "Restrict to Fill Level" msgstr "Restrict to Fill Level" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:400 msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level." msgstr "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level." #: gtk/gtkrange.c:412 msgid "Fill Level" msgstr "Fill Level" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:413 msgid "The fill level." msgstr "The fill level." #: gtk/gtkrange.c:426 msgid "Round Digits" msgstr "Round Digits" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:427 msgid "The number of digits to round the value to." msgstr "The number of digits to round the value to." #: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:280 msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list" msgstr "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list" #: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:293 msgid "The size of the recently used resources list" msgstr "The size of the recently used resources list" #: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:318 gtk/gtkstack.c:805 msgid "Transition type" msgstr "Transition type" #: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:319 gtk/gtkstack.c:805 msgid "The type of animation used to transition" msgstr "The type of animation used to transition" #: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:326 gtk/gtkstack.c:801 msgid "Transition duration" msgstr "Transition duration" #: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:327 gtk/gtkstack.c:801 msgid "The animation duration, in milliseconds" msgstr "The animation duration, in milliseconds" #: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:333 msgid "Reveal Child" msgstr "Reveal Child" #: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:334 msgid "Whether the container should reveal the child" msgstr "Whether the container should reveal the child" #: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:340 msgid "Child Revealed" msgstr "Child Revealed" #: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:341 msgid "Whether the child is revealed and the animation target reached" msgstr "Whether the child is revealed and the animation target reached" #: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:205 msgid "The value of the scale" msgstr "The value of the scale" #: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:215 msgid "" "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object" msgstr "" "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object" #: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:241 msgid "Icons" msgstr "Icons" #: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:242 msgid "List of icon names" msgstr "List of icon names" #: gtk/gtkscale.c:678 msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value" msgstr "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value" #: gtk/gtkscale.c:685 msgid "Draw Value" msgstr "Draw Value" #: gtk/gtkscale.c:686 msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider" msgstr "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider" #: gtk/gtkscale.c:692 msgid "Has Origin" msgstr "Has Origin" #: gtk/gtkscale.c:693 msgid "Whether the scale has an origin" msgstr "Whether the scale has an origin" #: gtk/gtkscale.c:699 msgid "Value Position" msgstr "Value Position" #: gtk/gtkscale.c:700 msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed" msgstr "The position in which the current value is displayed" #: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:75 msgid "Horizontal adjustment" msgstr "Horizontal adjustment" #: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:76 msgid "" "Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its " "controller" msgstr "" "Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its " "controller" #: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:90 msgid "Vertical adjustment" msgstr "Vertical adjustment" #: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:91 msgid "" "Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its " "controller" msgstr "" "Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its " "controller" #: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:105 msgid "Horizontal Scrollable Policy" msgstr "Horizontal Scrollable Policy" #: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:106 gtk/gtkscrollable.c:120 msgid "How the size of the content should be determined" msgstr "How the size of the content should be determined" #: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:119 msgid "Vertical Scrollable Policy" msgstr "Vertical Scrollable Policy" #: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:214 #| msgid "" #| "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object" msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scrollbar" msgstr "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scrollbar" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:606 msgid "Horizontal Adjustment" msgstr "Horizontal Adjustment" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:607 msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position" msgstr "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:613 msgid "Vertical Adjustment" msgstr "Vertical Adjustment" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:614 msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position" msgstr "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:620 msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy" msgstr "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:621 msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed" msgstr "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:628 msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy" msgstr "Vertical Scrollbar Policy" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:629 msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed" msgstr "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:636 msgid "Window Placement" msgstr "Window Placement" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:637 msgid "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars." msgstr "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars." #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:645 #| msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child" msgid "Whether to draw a frame around the contents" msgstr "Whether to draw a frame around the contents" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:656 msgid "Minimum Content Width" msgstr "Minimum Content Width" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:657 msgid "The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content" msgstr "" "The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:668 msgid "Minimum Content Height" msgstr "Minimum Content Height" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:669 msgid "" "The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content" msgstr "" "The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:681 msgid "Kinetic Scrolling" msgstr "Kinetic Scrolling" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:682 msgid "Kinetic scrolling mode." msgstr "Kinetic scrolling mode." #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:699 msgid "Overlay Scrolling" msgstr "Overlay Scrolling" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:700 msgid "Overlay scrolling mode" msgstr "Overlay scrolling mode" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:711 msgid "Maximum Content Width" msgstr "Maximum Content Width" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:712 msgid "The maximum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content" msgstr "" "The maximum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:723 msgid "Maximum Content Height" msgstr "Maximum Content Height" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:724 msgid "" "The maximum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content" msgstr "" "The maximum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:739 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:740 msgid "Propagate Natural Width" msgstr "Propagate Natural Width" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:755 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:756 msgid "Propagate Natural Height" msgstr "Propagate Natural Height" #: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:310 msgid "Search Mode Enabled" msgstr "Search Mode Enabled" #: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:311 msgid "Whether the search mode is on and the search bar shown" msgstr "Whether the search mode is on and the search bar shown" #: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:322 msgid "Whether to show the close button in the toolbar" msgstr "Whether to show the close button in the toolbar" #: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:334 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:335 #| msgid "Accelerator Widget" msgid "Key Capture Widget" msgstr "Key Capture Widget" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:317 msgid "Double Click Time" msgstr "Double Click Time" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:318 msgid "" "Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double " "click (in milliseconds)" msgstr "" "Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double " "click (in milliseconds)" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:324 msgid "Double Click Distance" msgstr "Double Click Distance" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:325 msgid "" "Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a " "double click (in pixels)" msgstr "" "Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a " "double click (in pixels)" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:340 msgid "Cursor Blink" msgstr "Cursor Blink" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:341 msgid "Whether the cursor should blink" msgstr "Whether the cursor should blink" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:347 msgid "Cursor Blink Time" msgstr "Cursor Blink Time" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:348 msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds" msgstr "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:364 msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout" msgstr "Cursor Blink Timeout" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:365 msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds" msgstr "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:371 msgid "Split Cursor" msgstr "Split Cursor" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:372 msgid "" "Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-" "left text" msgstr "" "Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-" "left text" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:379 msgid "Cursor Aspect Ratio" msgstr "Cursor Aspect Ratio" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:380 msgid "The aspect ratio of the text caret" msgstr "The aspect ratio of the text caret" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:387 msgid "Theme Name" msgstr "Theme Name" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:388 msgid "Name of theme to load" msgstr "Name of theme to load" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:395 msgid "Icon Theme Name" msgstr "Icon Theme Name" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:396 msgid "Name of icon theme to use" msgstr "Name of icon theme to use" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:403 msgid "Drag threshold" msgstr "Drag threshold" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:404 msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging" msgstr "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:416 msgid "Font Name" msgstr "Font Name" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:417 msgid "The default font family and size to use" msgstr "The default font family and size to use" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:424 msgid "Xft Antialias" msgstr "Xft Antialias" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:425 msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default" msgstr "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:433 msgid "Xft Hinting" msgstr "Xft Hinting" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:434 msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default" msgstr "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:442 msgid "Xft Hint Style" msgstr "Xft Hint Style" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:443 msgid "" "What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull" msgstr "" "What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:451 msgid "Xft RGBA" msgstr "Xft RGBA" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:452 msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr" msgstr "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:460 msgid "Xft DPI" msgstr "Xft DPI" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:461 msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value" msgstr "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:469 msgid "Cursor theme name" msgstr "Cursor theme name" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:470 msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme" msgstr "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:477 msgid "Cursor theme size" msgstr "Cursor theme size" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:478 msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size" msgstr "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:486 msgid "Alternative button order" msgstr "Alternative button order" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:487 msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order" msgstr "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:501 msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction" msgstr "Alternative sort indicator direction" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:502 msgid "" "Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is " "inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)" msgstr "" "Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is " "inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:509 msgid "Enable Animations" msgstr "Enable Animations" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:510 msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations." msgstr "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:527 msgid "Error Bell" msgstr "Error Bell" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:528 msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep" msgstr "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:543 msgid "Default print backend" msgstr "Default print backend" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:544 msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default" msgstr "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:564 msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview" msgstr "Default command to run when displaying a print preview" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:565 msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview" msgstr "Command to run when displaying a print preview" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:578 msgid "Enable Accelerators" msgstr "Enable Accelerators" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:579 msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators" msgstr "Whether menu items should have accelerators" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:597 msgid "Default IM module" msgstr "Default IM module" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:598 msgid "Which IM module should be used by default" msgstr "Which IM module should be used by default" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:613 msgid "Recent Files Max Age" msgstr "Recent Files Max Age" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:614 msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days" msgstr "Maximum age of recently used files, in days" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:622 msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp" msgstr "Fontconfig configuration timestamp" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:623 msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration" msgstr "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:642 msgid "Sound Theme Name" msgstr "Sound Theme Name" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:643 msgid "XDG sound theme name" msgstr "XDG sound theme name" #. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input #: gtk/gtksettings.c:662 msgid "Audible Input Feedback" msgstr "Audible Input Feedback" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:663 msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input" msgstr "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:681 msgid "Enable Event Sounds" msgstr "Enable Event Sounds" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:682 msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all" msgstr "Whether to play any event sounds at all" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:701 msgid "Primary button warps slider" msgstr "Primary button warps slider" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:702 msgid "" "Whether a primary click on the trough should warp the slider into position" msgstr "" "Whether a primary click on the trough should warp the slider into position" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:724 msgid "Application prefers a dark theme" msgstr "Application prefers a dark theme" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:725 msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme." msgstr "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:732 gtk/gtksettings.c:756 msgid "Select on focus" msgstr "Select on focus" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:733 msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused" msgstr "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:747 msgid "Password Hint Timeout" msgstr "Password Hint Timeout" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:748 msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries" msgstr "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:757 msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused" msgstr "" "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:764 msgid "Desktop shell shows app menu" msgstr "Desktop shell shows app menu" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:765 msgid "" "Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the app menu, FALSE if " "the app should display it itself." msgstr "" "Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the app menu, FALSE if " "the app should display it itself." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:773 msgid "Desktop shell shows the menubar" msgstr "Desktop shell shows the menubar" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:774 msgid "" "Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the menubar, FALSE if " "the app should display it itself." msgstr "" "Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the menubar, FALSE if " "the app should display it itself." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:782 msgid "Desktop environment shows the desktop folder" msgstr "Desktop environment shows the desktop folder" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:783 msgid "" "Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the desktop folder, " "FALSE if not." msgstr "" "Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the desktop folder, " "FALSE if not." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:831 msgid "Titlebar double-click action" msgstr "Titlebar double-click action" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:832 msgid "The action to take on titlebar double-click" msgstr "The action to take on titlebar double-click" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:847 msgid "Titlebar middle-click action" msgstr "Titlebar middle-click action" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:848 msgid "The action to take on titlebar middle-click" msgstr "The action to take on titlebar middle-click" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:863 msgid "Titlebar right-click action" msgstr "Titlebar right-click action" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:864 msgid "The action to take on titlebar right-click" msgstr "The action to take on titlebar right-click" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:880 msgid "Dialogs use header bar" msgstr "Dialogs use header bar" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:881 #| msgid "" #| "Whether builtin GTK+ dialogs should use a header bar instead of an action " #| "area." msgid "" "Whether builtin GTK dialogs should use a header bar instead of an action " "area." msgstr "" "Whether builtin GTK dialogs should use a header bar instead of an action " "area." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:894 msgid "Enable primary paste" msgstr "Enable primary paste" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:895 #| msgid "" #| "Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the 'PRIMARY' clipboard " #| "content at the cursor location." msgid "" "Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the “PRIMARY” clipboard " "content at the cursor location." msgstr "" "Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the “PRIMARY” clipboard " "content at the cursor location." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:908 msgid "Recent Files Enabled" msgstr "Recent Files Enabled" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:909 #| msgid "Whether GTK+ remembers recent files" msgid "Whether GTK remembers recent files" msgstr "Whether GTK remembers recent files" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:921 msgid "Long press time" msgstr "Long press time" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:922 msgid "" "Time for a button/touch press to be considered a long press (in milliseconds)" msgstr "" "Time for a button/touch press to be considered a long press (in milliseconds)" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:936 gtk/gtksettings.c:937 msgid "Whether to show cursor in text" msgstr "Whether to show cursor in text" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:951 gtk/gtksettings.c:952 msgid "Whether to use overlay scrollbars" msgstr "Whether to use overlay scrollbars" #: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:942 #| msgid "Section Name" msgid "Signal Name" msgstr "Signal Name" #: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:943 #| msgid "The name of the widget" msgid "The name of the signal to emit" msgstr "The name of the signal to emit" #: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:1183 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:717 msgid "Action Name" msgstr "Action Name" #: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:1184 #| msgid "The name of the action" msgid "The name of the action to activate" msgstr "The name of the action to activate" #: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:162 msgid "The action activated by this shortcut" msgstr "The action activated by this shortcut" #: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:175 #| msgid "Alignment" msgid "Arguments" msgstr "Arguments" #: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:176 msgid "Arguments passed to activation" msgstr "Arguments passed to activation" #: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:188 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "Trigger" #: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:189 #| msgid "A short description for the shortcut" msgid "The trigger for this shortcut" msgstr "The trigger for this shortcut" #: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:552 #| msgid "Mnemonics Visible" msgid "Mnemonic modifiers" msgstr "Mnemonic modifiers" #: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:553 msgid "The modifiers to be pressed to allow mnemonics activation" msgstr "The modifiers to be pressed to allow mnemonics activation" #: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:566 msgid "A list model to take shortcuts from" msgstr "A list model to take shortcuts from" #: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:578 msgid "What scope the shortcuts will be handled in" msgstr "What scope the shortcuts will be handled in" #: gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c:485 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:578 msgid "Accelerator" msgstr "Accelerator" #: gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c:495 msgid "Disabled text" msgstr "Disabled text" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:293 msgid "View" msgstr "View" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:306 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:307 #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:659 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:660 msgid "Accelerator Size Group" msgstr "Accelerator Size Group" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:320 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:321 #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:673 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:674 msgid "Title Size Group" msgstr "Title Size Group" #: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:294 gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.c:753 msgid "Section Name" msgstr "Section Name" #: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:308 gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.c:768 msgid "View Name" msgstr "View Name" #: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:333 msgid "Maximum Height" msgstr "Maximum Height" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:579 #| msgid "The accelerator keys for shortcuts of type 'Accelerator'" msgid "The accelerator keys for shortcuts of type “Accelerator”" msgstr "The accelerator keys for shortcuts of type “Accelerator”" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:593 #| msgid "The icon to show for shortcuts of type 'Other Gesture'" msgid "The icon to show for shortcuts of type “Other Gesture”" msgstr "The icon to show for shortcuts of type “Other Gesture”" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:604 msgid "Icon Set" msgstr "Icon Set" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:605 msgid "Whether an icon has been set" msgstr "Whether an icon has been set" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:618 msgid "A short description for the shortcut" msgstr "A short description for the shortcut" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:634 msgid "A short description for the gesture" msgstr "A short description for the gesture" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:645 msgid "Subtitle Set" msgstr "Subtitle Set" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:646 msgid "Whether a subtitle has been set" msgstr "Whether a subtitle has been set" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:688 msgid "Text direction for which this shortcut is active" msgstr "Text direction for which this shortcut is active" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:700 msgid "Shortcut Type" msgstr "Shortcut Type" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:701 msgid "The type of shortcut that is represented" msgstr "The type of shortcut that is represented" #: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:718 msgid "The name of the action" msgstr "The name of the action" #: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:656 gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:912 #| msgid "The value" msgid "Key value" msgstr "Key value" #: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:657 gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:913 #| msgid "The model for the tree view" msgid "The key value for the trigger" msgstr "The key value for the trigger" #: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:671 msgid "Modifiers" msgstr "Modifiers" #: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:672 #| msgid "The model for the tree view" msgid "The key modifiers for the trigger" msgstr "The key modifiers for the trigger" #: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1158 msgid "First" msgstr "First" #: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1159 msgid "The first trigger to check" msgstr "The first trigger to check" #: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1171 #| msgid "Secondary" msgid "Second" msgstr "Second" #: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1172 msgid "The second trigger to check" msgstr "The second trigger to check" #: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:391 msgid "Autoselect" msgstr "Autoselect" #: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:392 msgid "If the selection will always select an item" msgstr "If the selection will always select an item" #: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:403 #| msgid "Has selection" msgid "Can unselect" msgstr "Can unselect" #: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:404 msgid "If unselecting the selected item is allowed" msgstr "If unselecting the selected item is allowed" #: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:226 gtk/gtktreeselection.c:138 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mode" #: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:227 msgid "" "The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its " "component widgets" msgstr "" "The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its " "component widgets" #: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:265 msgid "Child model to take slice from" msgstr "Child model to take slice from" #: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:276 msgid "Offset" msgstr "Offset" #: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:277 msgid "Offset of slice" msgstr "Offset of slice" #: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:289 #| msgid "Maximum size of the ruler" msgid "Maximum size of slice" msgstr "Maximum size of slice" #: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:785 #| msgid "Step Increment" msgid "Sort items incrementally" msgstr "Sort items incrementally" #: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:797 #| msgid "The GIcon being displayed" msgid "The model being sorted" msgstr "The model being sorted" #: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:809 msgid "Estimate of unsorted items remaining" msgstr "Estimate of unsorted items remaining" #: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:821 #| msgid "The text for the child label" msgid "The sorter for this model" msgstr "The sorter for this model" #: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:378 msgid "Climb Rate" msgstr "Climb Rate" #: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:379 msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key" msgstr "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key" #: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:392 msgid "Snap to Ticks" msgstr "Snap to Ticks" #: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:393 #| msgid "" #| "Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's " #| "nearest step increment" msgid "" "Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button’s " "nearest step increment" msgstr "" "Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button’s " "nearest step increment" #: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:399 msgid "Numeric" msgstr "Numeric" #: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:400 msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored" msgstr "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored" #: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:406 msgid "Wrap" msgstr "Wrap" #: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:407 msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits" msgstr "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits" #: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:413 msgid "Update Policy" msgstr "Update Policy" #: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:414 msgid "" "Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal" msgstr "" "Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal" #: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:422 msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value" msgstr "Reads the current value, or sets a new value" #: gtk/gtkspinner.c:238 msgid "Spinning" msgstr "Spinning" #: gtk/gtkspinner.c:239 #| msgid "Whether the spinner is active" msgid "Whether the spinner is spinning" msgstr "Whether the spinner is spinning" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:405 #| msgid "The title of the child page" msgid "The child of the page" msgstr "The child of the page" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:412 msgid "The name of the child page" msgstr "The name of the child page" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:419 msgid "The title of the child page" msgstr "The title of the child page" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:426 msgid "The icon name of the child page" msgstr "The icon name of the child page" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:440 msgid "Needs Attention" msgstr "Needs Attention" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:441 msgid "Whether this page needs attention" msgstr "Whether this page needs attention" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:448 #| msgid "Whether the widget is visible" msgid "Whether this page is visible" msgstr "Whether this page is visible" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:455 #| msgid "" #| "If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be " #| "used for the mnemonic accelerator key" msgid "" "If set, an underline in the title indicates the next character should be " "used for the mnemonic accelerator key" msgstr "" "If set, an underline in the title indicates the next character should be " "used for the mnemonic accelerator key" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:779 msgid "Horizontally homogeneous" msgstr "Horizontally homogeneous" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:779 msgid "Horizontally homogeneous sizing" msgstr "Horizontally homogeneous sizing" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:789 msgid "Vertically homogeneous" msgstr "Vertically homogeneous" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:789 msgid "Vertically homogeneous sizing" msgstr "Vertically homogeneous sizing" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:793 msgid "Visible child" msgstr "Visible child" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:793 msgid "The widget currently visible in the stack" msgstr "The widget currently visible in the stack" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:797 msgid "Name of visible child" msgstr "Name of visible child" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:797 msgid "The name of the widget currently visible in the stack" msgstr "The name of the widget currently visible in the stack" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:809 msgid "Transition running" msgstr "Transition running" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:809 msgid "Whether or not the transition is currently running" msgstr "Whether or not the transition is currently running" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:813 msgid "Interpolate size" msgstr "Interpolate size" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:813 msgid "" "Whether or not the size should smoothly change when changing between " "differently sized children" msgstr "" "Whether or not the size should smoothly change when changing between " "differently sized children" #: gtk/gtkstack.c:818 #| msgid "The toggle action to switch to the tweak page" msgid "A selection model with the stacks pages" msgstr "A selection model with the stacks pages" #: gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c:367 gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c:511 #: gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c:512 msgid "Stack" msgstr "Stack" #: gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c:368 msgid "Associated stack for this GtkStackSidebar" msgstr "Associated stack for this GtkStackSidebar" #: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:263 gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:307 #| msgid "Ignore hidden" msgid "Ignore case" msgstr "Ignore case" #: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:264 gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:308 #| msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive" msgid "If matching is case sensitive" msgstr "If matching is case sensitive" #: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:275 #| msgid "Search mode" msgid "Match mode" msgstr "Match mode" #: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:276 msgid "If exact matches are necessary or if substrings are allowed" msgstr "If exact matches are necessary or if substrings are allowed" #: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:288 #| msgid "Search mode" msgid "Search" msgstr "Search" #: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:289 #| msgid "The selected year" msgid "The search term" msgstr "The search term" #: gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:145 #| msgid "The associated GdkScreen" msgid "The associated GdkDisplay" msgstr "The associated GdkDisplay" #: gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:103 msgid "Property name" msgstr "Property name" #: gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:104 msgid "The name of the property" msgstr "The name of the property" #: gtk/gtkswitch.c:529 msgid "Whether the switch is on or off" msgstr "Whether the switch is on or off" #: gtk/gtkswitch.c:542 msgid "The backend state" msgstr "The backend state" #: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:453 msgid "Tag Table" msgstr "Tag Table" #: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:454 msgid "Text Tag Table" msgstr "Text Tag Table" #: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:469 msgid "Current text of the buffer" msgstr "Current text of the buffer" #: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:480 msgid "Has selection" msgstr "Has selection" #: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:481 msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected" msgstr "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected" #: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:493 msgid "Can Undo" msgstr "Can Undo" #: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:494 msgid "If the buffer can have the last action undone" msgstr "If the buffer can have the last action undone" #: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:506 msgid "Can Redo" msgstr "Can Redo" #: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:507 msgid "If the buffer can have the last undone action reapplied" msgstr "If the buffer can have the last undone action reapplied" #: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:533 msgid "Cursor position" msgstr "Cursor position" #: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:534 msgid "" "The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)" msgstr "" "The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)" #: gtk/gtktext.c:746 #| msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text" msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores self text" msgstr "Text buffer object which actually stores self text" #: gtk/gtktext.c:753 #| msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum" msgid "Maximum number of characters for this self. Zero if no maximum" msgstr "Maximum number of characters for this self. Zero if no maximum" #: gtk/gtktext.c:761 #| msgid "" #| "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")" msgid "The character to use when masking self contents (in “password mode”)" msgstr "The character to use when masking self contents (in “password mode”)" #: gtk/gtktext.c:775 #| msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left" msgid "Number of pixels of the self scrolled off the screen to the left" msgstr "Number of pixels of the self scrolled off the screen to the left" #: gtk/gtktext.c:825 #| msgid "Show text in the entry when it's empty and unfocused" msgid "Show text in the self when it’s empty and unfocused" msgstr "Show text in the self when it’s empty and unfocused" #: gtk/gtktext.c:893 #| msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label" msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the self" msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the self" #: gtk/gtktext.c:905 #| msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the entry" msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the self" msgstr "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the self" #: gtk/gtktext.c:925 #| msgid "Propagate Natural Width" msgid "Propagate text width" msgstr "Propagate text width" #: gtk/gtktext.c:926 #| msgid "" #| "Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse" msgid "Whether the entry should grow and shrink with the content" msgstr "Whether the entry should grow and shrink with the content" #: gtk/gtktextmark.c:136 msgid "Mark name" msgstr "Mark name" #: gtk/gtktextmark.c:150 msgid "Left gravity" msgstr "Left gravity" #: gtk/gtktextmark.c:151 msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity" msgstr "Whether the mark has left gravity" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:205 msgid "Tag name" msgstr "Tag name" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:206 msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags" msgstr "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:228 msgid "Background RGBA" msgstr "Background RGBA" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:236 msgid "Background full height" msgstr "Background full height" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:237 msgid "" "Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height " "of the tagged characters" msgstr "" "Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height " "of the tagged characters" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:257 msgid "Foreground RGBA" msgstr "Foreground RGBA" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:265 msgid "Text direction" msgstr "Text direction" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:266 msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right" msgstr "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:315 msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC" msgstr "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:324 msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS" msgstr "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:333 msgid "" "Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for " "example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD" msgstr "" "Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for " "example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:344 msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED" msgstr "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:353 msgid "Font size in Pango units" msgstr "Font size in Pango units" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:363 msgid "" "Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly " "adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales " "such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE" msgstr "" "Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly " "adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales " "such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:383 gtk/gtktextview.c:878 msgid "Left, right, or center justification" msgstr "Left, right, or center justification" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:402 msgid "" "The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint " "when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used." msgstr "" "The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint " "when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used." #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:409 msgid "Left margin" msgstr "Left margin" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:410 gtk/gtktextview.c:897 msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels" msgstr "Width of the left margin in pixels" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:419 msgid "Right margin" msgstr "Right margin" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:420 gtk/gtktextview.c:915 msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels" msgstr "Width of the right margin in pixels" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:430 gtk/gtktextview.c:960 msgid "Indent" msgstr "Indent" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:431 gtk/gtktextview.c:961 msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels" msgstr "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:442 msgid "" "Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) " "in Pango units" msgstr "" "Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) " "in Pango units" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:451 msgid "Pixels above lines" msgstr "Pixels above lines" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:452 gtk/gtktextview.c:837 msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs" msgstr "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:461 msgid "Pixels below lines" msgstr "Pixels below lines" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:462 gtk/gtktextview.c:845 msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs" msgstr "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:471 msgid "Pixels inside wrap" msgstr "Pixels inside wrap" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:472 gtk/gtktextview.c:853 msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph" msgstr "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:508 msgid "Underline RGBA" msgstr "Underline RGBA" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:509 msgid "Color of underline for this text" msgstr "Color of underline for this text" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:516 #| msgid "Underline" msgid "Overline" msgstr "Overline" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:517 #| msgid "Style of underline for this text" msgid "Style of overline for this text" msgstr "Style of overline for this text" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:525 #| msgid "Underline RGBA" msgid "Overline RGBA" msgstr "Overline RGBA" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:526 #| msgid "Color of underline for this text" msgid "Color of overline for this text" msgstr "Color of overline for this text" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:539 msgid "Strikethrough RGBA" msgstr "Strikethrough RGBA" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:540 msgid "Color of strikethrough for this text" msgstr "Color of strikethrough for this text" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:548 gtk/gtktextview.c:869 msgid "" "Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries" msgstr "" "Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:558 gtk/gtktextview.c:969 msgid "Custom tabs for this text" msgstr "Custom tabs for this text" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:574 msgid "Invisible" msgstr "Invisible" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:575 msgid "Whether this text is hidden." msgstr "Whether this text is hidden." #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:587 msgid "Paragraph background color name" msgstr "Paragraph background color name" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:588 msgid "Paragraph background color as a string" msgstr "Paragraph background color as a string" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:600 msgid "Paragraph background RGBA" msgstr "Paragraph background RGBA" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:601 msgid "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:617 msgid "Whether font fallback is enabled." msgstr "Whether font fallback is enabled." #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:629 msgid "Letter Spacing" msgstr "Letter Spacing" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:630 msgid "Extra spacing between graphemes" msgstr "Extra spacing between graphemes" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:642 msgid "Font Features" msgstr "Font Features" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:643 msgid "OpenType Font Features to use" msgstr "OpenType Font Features to use" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:650 #| msgid "Allow Rules" msgid "Allow Breaks" msgstr "Allow Breaks" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:651 #| msgid "Whether font fallback is enabled." msgid "Whether breaks are allowed." msgstr "Whether breaks are allowed." #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:658 #| msgid "Show Expanders" msgid "Show spaces" msgstr "Show spaces" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:659 #| msgid "Invisible character" msgid "How to render invisible characters." msgstr "How to render invisible characters." #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:667 msgid "Insert hyphens" msgstr "Insert hyphens" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:668 #| msgid "Whether to center the contents" msgid "Whether to insert hyphens at breaks." msgstr "Whether to insert hyphens at breaks." #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:684 msgid "Margin Accumulates" msgstr "Margin Accumulates" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:685 msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate." msgstr "Whether left and right margins accumulate." #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:698 msgid "Background full height set" msgstr "Background full height set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:699 msgid "Whether this tag affects background height" msgstr "Whether this tag affects background height" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:738 msgid "Justification set" msgstr "Justification set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:739 msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification" msgstr "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:746 msgid "Left margin set" msgstr "Left margin set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:747 msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the left margin" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:750 msgid "Indent set" msgstr "Indent set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:751 msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation" msgstr "Whether this tag affects indentation" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:758 msgid "Pixels above lines set" msgstr "Pixels above lines set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:759 gtk/gtktexttag.c:763 msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:762 msgid "Pixels below lines set" msgstr "Pixels below lines set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:766 msgid "Pixels inside wrap set" msgstr "Pixels inside wrap set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:767 msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:774 msgid "Right margin set" msgstr "Right margin set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:775 msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the right margin" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:787 msgid "Underline RGBA set" msgstr "Underline RGBA set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:788 msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects underlining color" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:791 #| msgid "Underline set" msgid "Overline set" msgstr "Overline set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:792 #| msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining" msgid "Whether this tag affects overlining" msgstr "Whether this tag affects overlining" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:795 #| msgid "Underline RGBA set" msgid "Overline RGBA set" msgstr "Overline RGBA set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:796 #| msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining color" msgid "Whether this tag affects overlining color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects overlining color" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:804 msgid "Strikethrough RGBA set" msgstr "Strikethrough RGBA set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:805 msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects strikethrough color" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:808 msgid "Wrap mode set" msgstr "Wrap mode set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:809 msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode" msgstr "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:812 msgid "Tabs set" msgstr "Tabs set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:813 msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs" msgstr "Whether this tag affects tabs" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:816 msgid "Invisible set" msgstr "Invisible set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:817 msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility" msgstr "Whether this tag affects text visibility" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:820 msgid "Paragraph background set" msgstr "Paragraph background set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:821 msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:824 msgid "Fallback set" msgstr "Fallback set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:825 msgid "Whether this tag affects font fallback" msgstr "Whether this tag affects font fallback" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:828 msgid "Letter spacing set" msgstr "Letter spacing set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:829 msgid "Whether this tag affects letter spacing" msgstr "Whether this tag affects letter spacing" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:832 msgid "Font features set" msgstr "Font features set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:833 msgid "Whether this tag affects font features" msgstr "Whether this tag affects font features" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:836 #| msgid "Fallback set" msgid "Allow breaks set" msgstr "Allow breaks set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:837 #| msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode" msgid "Whether this tag affects line breaks" msgstr "Whether this tag affects line breaks" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:840 #| msgid "Show Expanders" msgid "Show spaces set" msgstr "Show spaces set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:841 #| msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining color" msgid "Whether this tag affects rendering of invisible characters" msgstr "Whether this tag affects rendering of invisible characters" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:844 msgid "Insert hyphens set" msgstr "Insert hyphens set" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:845 #| msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation" msgid "Whether this tag affects insertion of hyphens" msgstr "Whether this tag affects insertion of hyphens" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:836 msgid "Pixels Above Lines" msgstr "Pixels Above Lines" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:844 msgid "Pixels Below Lines" msgstr "Pixels Below Lines" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:852 msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap" msgstr "Pixels Inside Wrap" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:868 msgid "Wrap Mode" msgstr "Wrap Mode" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:896 msgid "Left Margin" msgstr "Left Margin" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:914 msgid "Right Margin" msgstr "Right Margin" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:933 msgid "Top Margin" msgstr "Top Margin" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:934 msgid "Height of the top margin in pixels" msgstr "Height of the top margin in pixels" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:952 msgid "Bottom Margin" msgstr "Bottom Margin" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:953 msgid "Height of the bottom margin in pixels" msgstr "Height of the bottom margin in pixels" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:976 msgid "Cursor Visible" msgstr "Cursor Visible" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:977 msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown" msgstr "If the insertion cursor is shown" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:984 msgid "Buffer" msgstr "Buffer" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:985 msgid "The buffer which is displayed" msgstr "The buffer which is displayed" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:993 msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents" msgstr "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:1000 msgid "Accepts tab" msgstr "Accepts tab" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:1001 msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered" msgstr "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:1066 msgid "Monospace" msgstr "Monospace" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:1067 msgid "Whether to use a monospace font" msgstr "Whether to use a monospace font" #: gtk/gtktextviewchild.c:386 msgid "Window Type" msgstr "Window Type" #: gtk/gtktextviewchild.c:387 #| msgid "Window Type" msgid "The GtkTextWindowType" msgstr "The GtkTextWindowType" #: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:267 #| msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to." msgid "The toggle button whose group this widget belongs to." msgstr "The toggle button whose group this widget belongs to." #: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:509 msgid "The child widget with the actual contents" msgstr "The child widget with the actual contents" #: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:521 #| msgid "Size of the expander arrow" msgid "The item held by this expander's row" msgstr "The item held by this expander's row" #: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:532 msgid "List row" msgstr "List row" #: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:533 msgid "The list row to track for expander state" msgstr "The list row to track for expander state" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:694 #| msgid "Tab expand" msgid "autoexpand" msgstr "autoexpand" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:695 #| msgid "Which IM module should be used by default" msgid "If all rows should be expanded by default" msgstr "If all rows should be expanded by default" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:707 #| msgid "The GIcon being displayed" msgid "The root model displayed" msgstr "The root model displayed" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:720 #| msgid "Pass Through" msgid "passthrough" msgstr "passthrough" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:721 msgid "If child model values are passed through" msgstr "If child model values are passed through" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1054 #| msgid "Child" msgid "Children" msgstr "Children" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1055 msgid "Model holding the row’s children" msgstr "Model holding the row’s children" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1066 msgid "Depth" msgstr "Depth" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1067 #| msgid "Text to show in the item." msgid "Depth in the tree" msgstr "Depth in the tree" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1078 #| msgid "Expanded" msgid "Expandable" msgstr "Expandable" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1079 #| msgid "Whether this row can be selected" msgid "If this row can ever be expanded" msgstr "If this row can ever be expanded" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1091 #| msgid "The cell which is currently being edited" msgid "If this row is currently expanded" msgstr "If this row is currently expanded" #: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1103 #| msgid "The title of the window" msgid "The item held in this row" msgstr "The item held in this row" #: gtk/gtktreelistrowsorter.c:548 #| msgid "Use underline" msgid "The underlying sorter" msgstr "The underlying sorter" #: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:532 msgid "The child model" msgstr "The child model" #: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:533 msgid "The model for the filtermodel to filter" msgstr "The model for the filtermodel to filter" #: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:540 msgid "The virtual root" msgstr "The virtual root" #: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:541 msgid "The virtual root (relative to the child model) for this filtermodel" msgstr "The virtual root (relative to the child model) for this filtermodel" #: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:484 msgid "TreeModelSort Model" msgstr "TreeModelSort Model" #: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:485 msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort" msgstr "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort" #: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:205 #| msgid "mode" msgid "model" msgstr "model" #: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:206 #| msgid "The model for the icon view" msgid "The model for the popover" msgstr "The model for the popover" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:995 msgid "TreeView Model" msgstr "TreeView Model" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:996 msgid "The model for the tree view" msgstr "The model for the tree view" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1002 msgid "Headers Visible" msgstr "Headers Visible" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1003 msgid "Show the column header buttons" msgstr "Show the column header buttons" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1009 msgid "Headers Clickable" msgstr "Headers Clickable" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1010 msgid "Column headers respond to click events" msgstr "Column headers respond to click events" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1016 msgid "Expander Column" msgstr "Expander Column" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1017 msgid "Set the column for the expander column" msgstr "Set the column for the expander column" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1030 msgid "Enable Search" msgstr "Enable Search" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1031 msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively" msgstr "View allows user to search through columns interactively" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1037 msgid "Search Column" msgstr "Search Column" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1038 msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search" msgstr "Model column to search through during interactive search" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1054 msgid "Fixed Height Mode" msgstr "Fixed Height Mode" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1055 msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height" msgstr "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1072 msgid "Hover Selection" msgstr "Hover Selection" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1073 msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer" msgstr "Whether the selection should follow the pointer" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1089 msgid "Hover Expand" msgstr "Hover Expand" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1090 msgid "" "Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them" msgstr "" "Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1101 msgid "Show Expanders" msgstr "Show Expanders" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1102 msgid "View has expanders" msgstr "View has expanders" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1113 msgid "Level Indentation" msgstr "Level Indentation" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1114 msgid "Extra indentation for each level" msgstr "Extra indentation for each level" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1121 msgid "Rubber Banding" msgstr "Rubber Banding" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1122 msgid "" "Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer" msgstr "" "Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1128 msgid "Enable Grid Lines" msgstr "Enable Grid Lines" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1129 msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view" msgstr "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1136 msgid "Enable Tree Lines" msgstr "Enable Tree Lines" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1137 msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view" msgstr "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1144 msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows" msgstr "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:279 msgid "Whether to display the column" msgstr "Whether to display the column" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:286 msgid "Column is user-resizable" msgstr "Column is user-resizable" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:292 msgid "X position" msgstr "X position" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:293 msgid "Current X position of the column" msgstr "Current X position of the column" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:301 msgid "Current width of the column" msgstr "Current width of the column" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:316 msgid "Sizing" msgstr "Sizing" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:317 msgid "Resize mode of the column" msgstr "Resize mode of the column" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:324 msgid "Fixed Width" msgstr "Fixed Width" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:325 msgid "Current fixed width of the column" msgstr "Current fixed width of the column" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:333 msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column" msgstr "Minimum allowed width of the column" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:340 msgid "Maximum Width" msgstr "Maximum Width" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:341 msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column" msgstr "Maximum allowed width of the column" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:349 msgid "Title to appear in column header" msgstr "Title to appear in column header" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:356 msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget" msgstr "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:362 msgid "Clickable" msgstr "Clickable" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:363 msgid "Whether the header can be clicked" msgstr "Whether the header can be clicked" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:370 msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title" msgstr "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:377 msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget" msgstr "X Alignment of the column header text or widget" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:384 msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers" msgstr "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:390 msgid "Sort indicator" msgstr "Sort indicator" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:391 msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator" msgstr "Whether to show a sort indicator" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:398 msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate" msgstr "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:411 msgid "Sort column ID" msgstr "Sort column ID" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:412 msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting" msgstr "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting" #: gtk/gtkvideo.c:306 msgid "Autoplay" msgstr "Autoplay" #: gtk/gtkvideo.c:307 msgid "If playback should begin automatically" msgstr "If playback should begin automatically" #: gtk/gtkvideo.c:319 msgid "The video file played back" msgstr "The video file played back" #: gtk/gtkvideo.c:331 msgid "If new media streams should be set to loop" msgstr "If new media streams should be set to loop" #: gtk/gtkvideo.c:343 msgid "The media stream played" msgstr "The media stream played" #: gtk/gtkviewport.c:372 #| msgid "Scroll offset" msgid "Scroll to focus" msgstr "Scroll to focus" #: gtk/gtkviewport.c:373 #| msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets" msgid "Whether to scroll when the focus changes" msgstr "Whether to scroll when the focus changes" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:174 msgid "Use symbolic icons" msgstr "Use symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:175 msgid "Whether to use symbolic icons" msgstr "Whether to use symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1207 msgid "Widget name" msgstr "Widget name" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1208 msgid "The name of the widget" msgstr "The name of the widget" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1214 msgid "Parent widget" msgstr "Parent widget" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1215 #| msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget" msgid "The parent widget of this widget." msgstr "The parent widget of this widget." #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1227 #| msgid "Icon widget" msgid "Root widget" msgstr "Root widget" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1228 #| msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget" msgid "The root widget in the widget tree." msgstr "The root widget in the widget tree." #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1234 msgid "Width request" msgstr "Width request" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1235 msgid "" "Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be " "used" msgstr "" "Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be " "used" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1242 msgid "Height request" msgstr "Height request" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1243 msgid "" "Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should " "be used" msgstr "" "Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should " "be used" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1251 msgid "Whether the widget is visible" msgstr "Whether the widget is visible" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1258 msgid "Whether the widget responds to input" msgstr "Whether the widget responds to input" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1273 msgid "Can focus" msgstr "Can focus" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1274 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1286 msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus" msgstr "Whether the widget can accept the input focus" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1285 #| msgid "Focus Visible" msgid "Focusable" msgstr "Focusable" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1292 msgid "Has focus" msgstr "Has focus" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1293 msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus" msgstr "Whether the widget has the input focus" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1299 #| msgid "Copy target list" msgid "Can target" msgstr "Can target" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1300 #| msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus" msgid "Whether the widget can receive pointer events" msgstr "Whether the widget can receive pointer events" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1313 msgid "Focus on click" msgstr "Focus on click" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1314 msgid "Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse" msgstr "Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1320 msgid "Has default" msgstr "Has default" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1321 msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget" msgstr "Whether the widget is the default widget" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1327 msgid "Receives default" msgstr "Receives default" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1328 msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused" msgstr "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1340 msgid "The cursor to show when hovering above widget" msgstr "The cursor to show when hovering above widget" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1354 msgid "Has tooltip" msgstr "Has tooltip" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1355 msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip" msgstr "Whether this widget has a tooltip" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1376 msgid "Tooltip Text" msgstr "Tooltip Text" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1377 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1399 msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget" msgstr "The contents of the tooltip for this widget" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1398 msgid "Tooltip markup" msgstr "Tooltip markup" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1411 msgid "How to position in extra horizontal space" msgstr "How to position in extra horizontal space" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424 msgid "How to position in extra vertical space" msgstr "How to position in extra vertical space" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1441 msgid "Margin on Start" msgstr "Margin on Start" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1442 msgid "Pixels of extra space on the start" msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the start" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1459 msgid "Margin on End" msgstr "Margin on End" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1460 msgid "Pixels of extra space on the end" msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the end" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1476 msgid "Margin on Top" msgstr "Margin on Top" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1477 msgid "Pixels of extra space on the top side" msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the top side" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1493 msgid "Margin on Bottom" msgstr "Margin on Bottom" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1494 msgid "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side" msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1506 msgid "Horizontal Expand" msgstr "Horizontal Expand" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1507 msgid "Whether widget wants more horizontal space" msgstr "Whether widget wants more horizontal space" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1518 msgid "Horizontal Expand Set" msgstr "Horizontal Expand Set" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1519 msgid "Whether to use the hexpand property" msgstr "Whether to use the hexpand property" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1530 msgid "Vertical Expand" msgstr "Vertical Expand" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1531 msgid "Whether widget wants more vertical space" msgstr "Whether widget wants more vertical space" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1542 msgid "Vertical Expand Set" msgstr "Vertical Expand Set" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1543 msgid "Whether to use the vexpand property" msgstr "Whether to use the vexpand property" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1555 msgid "Opacity for Widget" msgstr "Opacity for Widget" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1556 msgid "The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1" msgstr "The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1571 msgid "Overflow" msgstr "Overflow" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1572 msgid "How content outside the widget’s content area is treated" msgstr "How content outside the widget’s content area is treated" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1586 msgid "The scaling factor of the window" msgstr "The scaling factor of the window" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1601 #| msgid "Name" msgid "CSS Name" msgstr "CSS Name" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1602 #| msgid "The name of the widget" msgid "The name of this widget in the CSS tree" msgstr "The name of this widget in the CSS tree" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1613 #| msgid "Style Classes" msgid "CSS Style Classes" msgstr "CSS Style Classes" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1614 #| msgid "List of classes" msgid "List of CSS classes" msgstr "List of CSS classes" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1629 #| msgid "Recent Manager" msgid "Layout Manager" msgstr "Layout Manager" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1630 #| msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget." msgid "The layout manager used to layout children of the widget" msgstr "The layout manager used to layout children of the widget" #: gtk/gtkwidgetpaintable.c:251 #| msgid "Inspected widget" msgid "Observed widget" msgstr "Observed widget" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:708 msgid "Window Title" msgstr "Window Title" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:709 msgid "The title of the window" msgstr "The title of the window" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:722 msgid "Startup ID" msgstr "Startup ID" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:723 msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification" msgstr "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:730 msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window" msgstr "If TRUE, users can resize the window" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:737 msgid "" "If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is " "up)" msgstr "" "If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is " "up)" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:743 msgid "Default Width" msgstr "Default Width" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:744 #| msgid "The title of the window" msgid "The default width of the window" msgstr "The default width of the window" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:751 msgid "Default Height" msgstr "Default Height" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:752 #| msgid "The title of the window" msgid "The default height of the window" msgstr "The default height of the window" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:759 msgid "Destroy with Parent" msgstr "Destroy with Parent" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:760 msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed" msgstr "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:766 msgid "Hide on close" msgstr "Hide on close" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:767 #| msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed" msgid "If this window should be hidden when the user clicks the close button" msgstr "If this window should be hidden when the user clicks the close button" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:780 msgid "Mnemonics Visible" msgstr "Mnemonics Visible" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:781 msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window" msgstr "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:795 msgid "Focus Visible" msgstr "Focus Visible" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:796 msgid "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window" msgstr "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:809 msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window" msgstr "Name of the themed icon for this window" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:816 msgid "The display that will display this window" msgstr "The display that will display this window" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:822 msgid "Is Active" msgstr "Is Active" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:823 msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window" msgstr "Whether the toplevel is the current active window" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:834 msgid "Decorated" msgstr "Decorated" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:835 msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager" msgstr "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:846 msgid "Deletable" msgstr "Deletable" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:847 msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button" msgstr "Whether the window frame should have a close button" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:876 #| msgid "Is maximized" msgid "Is Maximized" msgstr "Is Maximized" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:877 msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgstr "Whether the window is maximized" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:893 msgid "Is fullscreen" msgstr "Is fullscreen" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:894 #| msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgid "Whether the window is fullscreen" msgstr "Whether the window is fullscreen" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:913 msgid "GtkApplication" msgstr "GtkApplication" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:914 msgid "The GtkApplication for the window" msgstr "The GtkApplication for the window" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:927 #| msgid "Focus linewidth" msgid "Focus widget" msgstr "Focus widget" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:928 #| msgid "Mnemonic widget" msgid "The focus widget" msgstr "The focus widget" #: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:517 msgid "Side" msgstr "Side" #: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:518 #| msgid "Whether widget wants to expand in both directions" msgid "Whether the widget shows start or end portion of the decoration layout" msgstr "Whether the widget shows start or end portion of the decoration layout" #: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:546 msgid "Empty" msgstr "Empty" #: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:547 #| msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus" msgid "Whether the widget has any window buttons" msgstr "Whether the widget has any window buttons" #: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:514 #| msgid "Editable" msgid "paintable" msgstr "paintable" #: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:515 msgid "Paintable providing the picture" msgstr "Paintable providing the picture" #: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:526 #| msgid "Context" msgid "gl-context" msgstr "gl-context" #: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:527 #| msgid "The icon name to use for the printer" msgid "GL context to use for rendering" msgstr "GL context to use for rendering" #: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercloudprint.c:137 msgid "Cloud Print account" msgstr "Cloud Print account" #: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercloudprint.c:138 msgid "GtkCloudprintAccount instance" msgstr "GtkCloudprintAccount instance" #: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercloudprint.c:147 msgid "Printer ID" msgstr "Printer ID" #: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercloudprint.c:148 msgid "Cloud Print printer ID" msgstr "Cloud Print printer ID" #: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercups.c:93 msgid "Color Profile Title" msgstr "Color Profile Title" #: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercups.c:94 msgid "The title of the color profile to use" msgstr "The title of the color profile to use" #~ msgid "Cursor type" #~ msgstr "Cursor type" #~ msgid "Standard cursor type" #~ msgstr "Standard cursor type" #~ msgid "Device manager" #~ msgstr "Device manager" #~ msgid "Device manager which the device belongs to" #~ msgstr "Device manager which the device belongs to" #~ msgid "Device type" #~ msgstr "Device type" #~ msgid "Device role in the device manager" #~ msgstr "Device role in the device manager" #~ msgid "Associated device" #~ msgstr "Associated device" #~ msgid "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device" #~ msgstr "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device" #~ msgid "Input mode for the device" #~ msgstr "Input mode for the device" #~ msgid "Axes" #~ msgstr "Axes" #~ msgid "Display for the device manager" #~ msgstr "Display for the device manager" #~ msgid "Window" #~ msgstr "Window" #~ msgid "Font options" #~ msgstr "Font options" #~ msgid "The default font options for the screen" #~ msgstr "The default font options for the screen" #~ msgid "Font resolution" #~ msgstr "Font resolution" #~ msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen" #~ msgstr "The resolution for fonts on the screen" #~ msgid "Cell renderer" #~ msgstr "Cell renderer" #~ msgid "The cell renderer represented by this accessible" #~ msgstr "The cell renderer represented by this accessible" #~ msgid "A unique name for the action." #~ msgstr "A unique name for the action." #~ msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action." #~ msgstr "" #~ "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action." #~ msgid "Short label" #~ msgstr "Short label" #~ msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons." #~ msgstr "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons." #~ msgid "Tooltip" #~ msgstr "Tooltip" #~ msgid "A tooltip for this action." #~ msgstr "A tooltip for this action." #~ msgid "Stock Icon" #~ msgstr "Stock Icon" #~ msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action." #~ msgstr "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action." #~ msgid "GIcon" #~ msgstr "GIcon" #~ msgid "Visible when horizontal" #~ msgstr "Visible when horizontal" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal " #~ "orientation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal " #~ "orientation." #~ msgid "Visible when overflown" #~ msgstr "Visible when overflown" #~ msgid "" #~ "When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the " #~ "toolbar overflow menu." #~ msgstr "" #~ "When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the " #~ "toolbar overflow menu." #~ msgid "Visible when vertical" #~ msgstr "Visible when vertical" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical " #~ "orientation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical " #~ "orientation." #~ msgid "Is important" #~ msgstr "Is important" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies " #~ "for this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies " #~ "for this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode." #~ msgid "Hide if empty" #~ msgstr "Hide if empty" #~ msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden." #~ msgstr "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden." #~ msgid "Action Group" #~ msgstr "Action Group" #~ msgid "" #~ "The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for " #~ "internal use)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for " #~ "internal use)." #~ msgid "Always show image" #~ msgstr "Always show image" #~ msgid "Whether the image will always be shown" #~ msgstr "Whether the image will always be shown" #~ msgid "A name for the action group." #~ msgstr "A name for the action group." #~ msgid "Whether the action group is enabled." #~ msgstr "Whether the action group is enabled." #~ msgid "Whether the action group is visible." #~ msgstr "Whether the action group is visible." #~ msgid "Accelerator Group" #~ msgstr "Accelerator Group" #~ msgid "The accelerator group the actions of this group should use." #~ msgstr "The accelerator group the actions of this group should use." #~ msgid "Related Action" #~ msgstr "Related Action" #~ msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from" #~ msgstr "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from" #~ msgid "Use Action Appearance" #~ msgstr "Use Action Appearance" #~ msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties" #~ msgstr "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties" #~ msgid "Horizontal alignment" #~ msgstr "Horizontal alignment" #~ msgid "" #~ "Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 " #~ "is right aligned" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 " #~ "is right aligned" #~ msgid "Vertical alignment" #~ msgstr "Vertical alignment" #~ msgid "" #~ "Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is " #~ "bottom aligned" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is " #~ "bottom aligned" #~ msgid "Horizontal scale" #~ msgstr "Horizontal scale" #~ msgid "" #~ "If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how " #~ "much of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all" #~ msgstr "" #~ "If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how " #~ "much of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all" #~ msgid "Vertical scale" #~ msgstr "Vertical scale" #~ msgid "" #~ "If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much " #~ "of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all" #~ msgstr "" #~ "If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much " #~ "of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all" #~ msgid "Top Padding" #~ msgstr "Top Padding" #~ msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget." #~ msgstr "The padding to insert at the top of the widget." #~ msgid "Bottom Padding" #~ msgstr "Bottom Padding" #~ msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget." #~ msgstr "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget." #~ msgid "Left Padding" #~ msgstr "Left Padding" #~ msgid "Right Padding" #~ msgstr "Right Padding" #~ msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget." #~ msgstr "The padding to insert at the right of the widget." #~ msgid "Arrow direction" #~ msgstr "Arrow direction" #~ msgid "The direction the arrow should point" #~ msgstr "The direction the arrow should point" #~ msgid "Arrow shadow" #~ msgstr "Arrow shadow" #~ msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow" #~ msgstr "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow" #~ msgid "Arrow Scaling" #~ msgstr "Arrow Scaling" #~ msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow" #~ msgstr "Amount of space used up by arrow" #~ msgid "Has Opacity Control" #~ msgstr "Has Opacity Control" #~ msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity" #~ msgstr "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity" #~ msgid "Has palette" #~ msgstr "Has palette" #~ msgid "The current color" #~ msgstr "The current color" #~ msgid "Current Alpha" #~ msgstr "Current Alpha" #~ msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)" #~ msgstr "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)" #~ msgid "Current RGBA" #~ msgstr "Current RGBA" #~ msgid "The current RGBA color" #~ msgstr "The current RGBA color" #~ msgid "Color Selection" #~ msgstr "Color Selection" #~ msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog." #~ msgstr "The color selection embedded in the dialog." #~ msgid "OK Button" #~ msgstr "OK Button" #~ msgid "The OK button of the dialog." #~ msgstr "The OK button of the dialog." #~ msgid "Cancel Button" #~ msgstr "Cancel Button" #~ msgid "The cancel button of the dialog." #~ msgstr "The cancel button of the dialog." #~ msgid "Help Button" #~ msgstr "Help Button" #~ msgid "The help button of the dialog." #~ msgstr "The help button of the dialog." #~ msgid "Font name" #~ msgstr "Font name" #~ msgid "The string that represents this font" #~ msgstr "The string that represents this font" #~ msgid "Shadow type" #~ msgstr "Shadow type" #~ msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container" #~ msgstr "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container" #~ msgid "Handle position" #~ msgstr "Handle position" #~ msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget" #~ msgstr "Position of the handle relative to the child widget" #~ msgid "Snap edge" #~ msgstr "Snap edge" #~ msgid "" #~ "Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the " #~ "handlebox" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the " #~ "handlebox" #~ msgid "Snap edge set" #~ msgstr "Snap edge set" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived " #~ "from handle_position" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived " #~ "from handle_position" #~ msgid "Child Detached" #~ msgstr "Child Detached" #~ msgid "" #~ "A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or " #~ "detached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or " #~ "detached." #~ msgid "Image widget" #~ msgstr "Image widget" #~ msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text" #~ msgstr "Child widget to appear next to the menu text" #~ msgid "Use stock" #~ msgstr "Use stock" #~ msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item" #~ msgstr "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item" #~ msgid "Accel Group" #~ msgstr "Accel Group" #~ msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys" #~ msgstr "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys" #~ msgid "X pad" #~ msgstr "X pad" #~ msgid "" #~ "The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels" #~ msgid "Y pad" #~ msgstr "Y pad" #~ msgid "" #~ "The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels" #~ msgid "Icon's count" #~ msgstr "Icon's count" #~ msgid "The count of the emblem currently displayed" #~ msgstr "The count of the emblem currently displayed" #~ msgid "Icon's label" #~ msgstr "Icon's label" #~ msgid "The label to be displayed over the icon" #~ msgstr "The label to be displayed over the icon" #~ msgid "Icon's style context" #~ msgstr "Icon's style context" #~ msgid "The style context to theme the icon appearance" #~ msgstr "The style context to theme the icon appearance" #~ msgid "Background icon" #~ msgstr "Background icon" #~ msgid "The icon for the number emblem background" #~ msgstr "The icon for the number emblem background" #~ msgid "Background icon name" #~ msgstr "Background icon name" #~ msgid "The icon name for the number emblem background" #~ msgstr "The icon name for the number emblem background" #~ msgid "" #~ "The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this " #~ "action is the current action of its group." #~ msgstr "" #~ "The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this " #~ "action is the current action of its group." #~ msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to." #~ msgstr "The radio action whose group this action belongs to." #~ msgid "The current value" #~ msgstr "The current value" #~ msgid "" #~ "The value property of the currently active member of the group to which " #~ "this action belongs." #~ msgstr "" #~ "The value property of the currently active member of the group to which " #~ "this action belongs." #~ msgid "Show Numbers" #~ msgstr "Show Numbers" #~ msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number" #~ msgstr "Whether the items should be displayed with a number" #~ msgid "Pixbuf" #~ msgstr "Pixbuf" #~ msgid "Stock ID" #~ msgstr "Stock ID" #~ msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display" #~ msgstr "Stock ID for a stock image to display" #~ msgid "Screen" #~ msgstr "Screen" #~ msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed" #~ msgstr "The screen where this status icon will be displayed" #~ msgid "Embedded" #~ msgstr "Embedded" #~ msgid "Whether the status icon is embedded" #~ msgstr "Whether the status icon is embedded" #~ msgid "The orientation of the tray" #~ msgstr "The orientation of the tray" #~ msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip" #~ msgstr "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip" #~ msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon" #~ msgstr "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon" #~ msgid "Style context" #~ msgstr "Style context" #~ msgid "GtkStyleContext to get style from" #~ msgstr "GtkStyleContext to get style from" #~ msgid "The number of rows in the table" #~ msgstr "The number of rows in the table" #~ msgid "The number of columns in the table" #~ msgstr "The number of columns in the table" #~ msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height" #~ msgstr "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height" #~ msgid "Left attachment" #~ msgstr "Left attachment" #~ msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" #~ msgstr "The column number to attach the left side of the child to" #~ msgid "Right attachment" #~ msgstr "Right attachment" #~ msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to" #~ msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to" #~ msgid "Top attachment" #~ msgstr "Top attachment" #~ msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to" #~ msgstr "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to" #~ msgid "Bottom attachment" #~ msgstr "Bottom attachment" #~ msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" #~ msgstr "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to" #~ msgid "Horizontal options" #~ msgstr "Horizontal options" #~ msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child" #~ msgstr "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child" #~ msgid "Vertical options" #~ msgstr "Vertical options" #~ msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child" #~ msgstr "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child" #~ msgid "Horizontal padding" #~ msgstr "Horizontal padding" #~ msgid "" #~ "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in " #~ "pixels" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in " #~ "pixels" #~ msgid "Vertical padding" #~ msgstr "Vertical padding" #~ msgid "" #~ "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, " #~ "in pixels" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, " #~ "in pixels" #~ msgid "Theming engine name" #~ msgstr "Theming engine name" #~ msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action" #~ msgstr "Create the same proxies as a radio action" #~ msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies" #~ msgstr "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies" #~ msgid "Whether the toggle action should be active" #~ msgstr "Whether the toggle action should be active" #~ msgid "Foreground color" #~ msgstr "Foreground color" #~ msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons" #~ msgstr "Foreground color for symbolic icons" #~ msgid "Error color" #~ msgstr "Error color" #~ msgid "Error color for symbolic icons" #~ msgstr "Error color for symbolic icons" #~ msgid "Warning color" #~ msgstr "Warning color" #~ msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons" #~ msgstr "Warning color for symbolic icons" #~ msgid "Success color" #~ msgstr "Success color" #~ msgid "Success color for symbolic icons" #~ msgstr "Success color for symbolic icons" #~ msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray" #~ msgstr "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray" #~ msgid "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero" #~ msgstr "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero" #~ msgid "Add tearoffs to menus" #~ msgstr "Add tearoffs to menus" #~ msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus" #~ msgstr "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus" #~ msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI" #~ msgstr "An XML string describing the merged UI" #~ msgid "" #~ "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " #~ "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to " #~ "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()" #~ msgid "Accelerator Closure" #~ msgstr "Accelerator Closure" #~ msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes" #~ msgstr "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes" #~ msgid "The widget referenced by this accessible." #~ msgstr "The widget referenced by this accessible." #~ msgid "" #~ "A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to " #~ "the start or end of the parent" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to " #~ "the start or end of the parent" #~ msgid "Application menu" #~ msgstr "Application menu" #~ msgid "The GMenuModel for the application menu" #~ msgstr "The GMenuModel for the application menu" #~ msgid "Header Padding" #~ msgstr "Header Padding" #~ msgid "Number of pixels around the header." #~ msgstr "Number of pixels around the header." #~ msgid "Content Padding" #~ msgstr "Content Padding" #~ msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages." #~ msgstr "Number of pixels around the content pages." #~ msgid "Header image for the assistant page" #~ msgstr "Header image for the assistant page" #~ msgid "Sidebar image" #~ msgstr "Sidebar image" #~ msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page" #~ msgstr "Sidebar image for the assistant page" #~ msgid "Whether the assistant adds padding around the page" #~ msgstr "Whether the assistant adds padding around the page" #~ msgid "Minimum child width" #~ msgstr "Minimum child width" #~ msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box" #~ msgstr "Minimum width of buttons inside the box" #~ msgid "Minimum child height" #~ msgstr "Minimum child height" #~ msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box" #~ msgstr "Minimum height of buttons inside the box" #~ msgid "Child internal width padding" #~ msgstr "Child internal width padding" #~ msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side" #~ msgstr "Amount to increase child's size on either side" #~ msgid "Child internal height padding" #~ msgstr "Child internal height padding" #~ msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom" #~ msgstr "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom" #~ msgid "Layout style" #~ msgstr "Layout style" #~ msgid "" #~ "How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, " #~ "start and end" #~ msgstr "" #~ "How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, " #~ "start and end" #~ msgid "" #~ "If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable " #~ "for, e.g., help buttons" #~ msgstr "" #~ "If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable " #~ "for, e.g., help buttons" #~ msgid "Non-Homogeneous" #~ msgstr "Non-Homogeneous" #~ msgid "If TRUE, the child will not be subject to homogeneous sizing" #~ msgstr "If TRUE, the child will not be subject to homogeneous sizing" #~ msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows" #~ msgstr "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows" #~ msgid "Fill" #~ msgstr "Fill" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child " #~ "or used as padding" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child " #~ "or used as padding" #~ msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels" #~ msgstr "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels" #~ msgid "" #~ "If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed" #~ msgstr "" #~ "If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed" #~ msgid "Border relief" #~ msgstr "Border relief" #~ msgid "The border relief style" #~ msgstr "The border relief style" #~ msgid "Horizontal alignment for child" #~ msgstr "Horizontal alignment for child" #~ msgid "Vertical alignment for child" #~ msgstr "Vertical alignment for child" #~ msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text" #~ msgstr "Child widget to appear next to the button text" #~ msgid "Image position" #~ msgstr "Image position" #~ msgid "The position of the image relative to the text" #~ msgstr "The position of the image relative to the text" #~ msgid "Default Spacing" #~ msgstr "Default Spacing" #~ msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons" #~ msgstr "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons" #~ msgid "Default Outside Spacing" #~ msgstr "Default Outside Spacing" #~ msgid "" #~ "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn " #~ "outside the border" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn " #~ "outside the border" #~ msgid "Child X Displacement" #~ msgstr "Child X Displacement" #~ msgid "" #~ "How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed" #~ msgstr "" #~ "How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed" #~ msgid "Child Y Displacement" #~ msgstr "Child Y Displacement" #~ msgid "" #~ "How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed" #~ msgstr "" #~ "How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed" #~ msgid "Displace focus" #~ msgstr "Displace focus" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the " #~ "focus rectangle" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the " #~ "focus rectangle" #~ msgid "Inner Border" #~ msgstr "Inner Border" #~ msgid "Border between button edges and child." #~ msgstr "Border between button edges and child." #~ msgid "Image spacing" #~ msgstr "Image spacing" #~ msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label" #~ msgstr "Spacing in pixels between the image and label" #~ msgid "No Month Change" #~ msgstr "No Month Change" #~ msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed" #~ msgstr "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed" #~ msgid "Details Width" #~ msgstr "Details Width" #~ msgid "Details width in characters" #~ msgstr "Details width in characters" #~ msgid "Details Height" #~ msgstr "Details Height" #~ msgid "Details height in rows" #~ msgstr "Details height in rows" #~ msgid "Show Details" #~ msgstr "Show Details" #~ msgid "If TRUE, details are shown" #~ msgstr "If TRUE, details are shown" #~ msgid "Inner border" #~ msgstr "Inner border" #~ msgid "Inner border space" #~ msgstr "Inner border space" #~ msgid "Vertical separation" #~ msgstr "Vertical separation" #~ msgid "Space between day headers and main area" #~ msgstr "Space between day headers and main area" #~ msgid "Horizontal separation" #~ msgstr "Horizontal separation" #~ msgid "Space between week headers and main area" #~ msgstr "Space between week headers and main area" #~ msgid "Cell background color" #~ msgstr "Cell background color" #~ msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor" #~ msgstr "Cell background color as a GdkColor" #~ msgid "surface" #~ msgstr "surface" #~ msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render" #~ msgstr "The stock ID of the stock icon to render" #~ msgid "Detail" #~ msgstr "Detail" #~ msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine" #~ msgstr "Render detail to pass to the theme engine" #~ msgid "Follow State" #~ msgstr "Follow State" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state" #~ msgid "Background color" #~ msgstr "Background color" #~ msgid "Background color as a GdkColor" #~ msgstr "Background color as a GdkColor" #~ msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor" #~ msgstr "Foreground color as a GdkColor" #~ msgid "Indicator size" #~ msgstr "Indicator size" #~ msgid "Background RGBA color" #~ msgstr "Background RGBA color" #~ msgid "Indicator Size" #~ msgstr "Indicator Size" #~ msgid "Indicator Spacing" #~ msgstr "Indicator Spacing" #~ msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator" #~ msgstr "Spacing around check or radio indicator" #~ msgid "Whether the menu item is checked" #~ msgstr "Whether the menu item is checked" #~ msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state" #~ msgstr "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state" #~ msgid "Draw as radio menu item" #~ msgstr "Draw as radio menu item" #~ msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item" #~ msgstr "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item" #~ msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value" #~ msgstr "Whether to give the color an alpha value" #~ msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)" #~ msgid "Current RGBA Color" #~ msgstr "Current RGBA Color" #~ msgid "The selected RGBA color" #~ msgstr "The selected RGBA color" #~ msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid" #~ msgstr "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid" #~ msgid "Row span column" #~ msgstr "Row span column" #~ msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values" #~ msgstr "TreeModel column containing the row span values" #~ msgid "Column span column" #~ msgstr "Column span column" #~ msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values" #~ msgstr "TreeModel column containing the column span values" #~ msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item" #~ msgstr "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item" #~ msgid "Tearoff Title" #~ msgstr "Tearoff Title" #~ msgid "" #~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is " #~ "torn-off" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is " #~ "torn-off" #~ msgid "Appears as list" #~ msgstr "Appears as list" #~ msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus" #~ msgstr "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus" #~ msgid "Arrow Size" #~ msgstr "Arrow Size" #~ msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box" #~ msgstr "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box" #~ msgid "The amount of space used by the arrow" #~ msgstr "The amount of space used by the arrow" #~ msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box" #~ msgstr "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box" #~ msgid "Specify how resize events are handled" #~ msgstr "Specify how resize events are handled" #~ msgid "Border width" #~ msgstr "Border width" #~ msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children" #~ msgstr "The width of the empty border outside the containers children" #~ msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container" #~ msgstr "Can be used to add a new child to the container" #~ msgid "Widget type" #~ msgstr "Widget type" #~ msgid "GType of the widget" #~ msgstr "GType of the widget" #~ msgid "Content area border" #~ msgstr "Content area border" #~ msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area" #~ msgstr "Width of border around the main dialog area" #~ msgid "Content area spacing" #~ msgstr "Content area spacing" #~ msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area" #~ msgstr "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area" #~ msgid "Button spacing" #~ msgstr "Button spacing" #~ msgid "Action area border" #~ msgstr "Action area border" #~ msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog" #~ msgstr "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog" #~ msgid "" #~ "Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property" #~ msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set" #~ msgstr "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set" #~ msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on" #~ msgstr "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on" #~ msgid "Primary pixbuf" #~ msgstr "Primary pixbuf" #~ msgid "Secondary pixbuf" #~ msgstr "Secondary pixbuf" #~ msgid "Primary stock ID" #~ msgstr "Primary stock ID" #~ msgid "Stock ID for primary icon" #~ msgstr "Stock ID for primary icon" #~ msgid "Secondary stock ID" #~ msgstr "Secondary stock ID" #~ msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon" #~ msgstr "Stock ID for secondary icon" #~ msgid "Populate all" #~ msgstr "Populate all" #~ msgid "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for touch popups" #~ msgstr "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for touch popups" #~ msgid "Icon Prelight" #~ msgstr "Icon Prelight" #~ msgid "Progress Border" #~ msgstr "Progress Border" #~ msgid "Border around the progress bar" #~ msgstr "Border around the progress bar" #~ msgid "Border between text and frame." #~ msgstr "Border between text and frame." #~ msgid "Visible Window" #~ msgstr "Visible Window" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used " #~ "to trap events." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used " #~ "to trap events." #~ msgid "Above child" #~ msgstr "Above child" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of " #~ "the child widget as opposed to below it." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of " #~ "the child widget as opposed to below it." #~ msgid "Space to put between the label and the child" #~ msgstr "Space to put between the label and the child" #~ msgid "Label fill" #~ msgstr "Label fill" #~ msgid "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space" #~ msgstr "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space" #~ msgid "Expander Size" #~ msgstr "Expander Size" #~ msgid "Spacing around expander arrow" #~ msgstr "Spacing around expander arrow" #~ msgid "Dialog" #~ msgstr "Dialog" #~ msgid "The file chooser dialog to use." #~ msgstr "The file chooser dialog to use." #~ msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog." #~ msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialog." #~ msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." #~ msgstr "The desired width of the button widget, in characters." #~ msgid "Local Only" #~ msgstr "Local Only" #~ msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs" #~ msgstr "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs" #~ msgid "Preview widget" #~ msgstr "Preview widget" #~ msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews." #~ msgstr "Application supplied widget for custom previews." #~ msgid "Preview Widget Active" #~ msgstr "Preview Widget Active" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be " #~ "shown." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be " #~ "shown." #~ msgid "Use Preview Label" #~ msgstr "Use Preview Label" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file." #~ msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options." #~ msgstr "Application supplied widget for extra options." #~ msgid "Show Hidden" #~ msgstr "Show Hidden" #~ msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed" #~ msgstr "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed" #~ msgid "Do overwrite confirmation" #~ msgstr "Do overwrite confirmation" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite " #~ "confirmation dialog if necessary." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite " #~ "confirmation dialog if necessary." #~ msgid "X position of child widget" #~ msgstr "X position of child widget" #~ msgid "Y position" #~ msgstr "Y position" #~ msgid "Y position of child widget" #~ msgstr "Y position of child widget" #~ msgid "Show style" #~ msgstr "Show style" #~ msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label" #~ msgstr "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label" #~ msgid "Show size" #~ msgstr "Show size" #~ msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label" #~ msgstr "Whether selected font size is shown in the label" #~ msgid "Label yalign" #~ msgstr "Label yalign" #~ msgid "The vertical alignment of the label" #~ msgstr "The vertical alignment of the label" #~ msgid "Frame shadow" #~ msgstr "Frame shadow" #~ msgid "Appearance of the frame border" #~ msgstr "Appearance of the frame border" #~ msgid "GdkWindow to receive events about" #~ msgstr "GdkWindow to receive events about" #~ msgid "Has alpha" #~ msgstr "Has alpha" #~ msgid "Whether the color buffer has an alpha component" #~ msgstr "Whether the color buffer has an alpha component" #~ msgid "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to" #~ msgstr "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to" #~ msgid "The subtitle to display" #~ msgstr "The subtitle to display" #~ msgid "Custom Title" #~ msgstr "Custom Title" #~ msgid "Decoration Layout Set" #~ msgstr "Decoration Layout Set" #~ msgid "Whether the decoration-layout property has been set" #~ msgstr "Whether the decoration-layout property has been set" #~ msgid "Has Subtitle" #~ msgstr "Has Subtitle" #~ msgid "Selection Box Color" #~ msgstr "Selection Box Color" #~ msgid "Color of the selection box" #~ msgstr "Color of the selection box" #~ msgid "Selection Box Alpha" #~ msgstr "Selection Box Alpha" #~ msgid "Opacity of the selection box" #~ msgstr "Opacity of the selection box" #~ msgid "A cairo_surface_t to display" #~ msgstr "A cairo_surface_t to display" #~ msgid "Icon set" #~ msgstr "Icon set" #~ msgid "Icon set to display" #~ msgstr "Icon set to display" #~ msgid "Animation" #~ msgstr "Animation" #~ msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display" #~ msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation to display" #~ msgid "Width of border around the content area" #~ msgstr "Width of border around the content area" #~ msgid "Spacing between elements of the area" #~ msgstr "Spacing between elements of the area" #~ msgid "Width of border around the action area" #~ msgstr "Width of border around the action area" #~ msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed" #~ msgstr "The screen where this window will be displayed" #~ msgid "Pattern" #~ msgstr "Pattern" #~ msgid "" #~ "A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the " #~ "text to underline" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the " #~ "text to underline" #~ msgid "Angle" #~ msgstr "Angle" #~ msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated" #~ msgstr "Angle at which the label is rotated" #~ msgid "Track visited links" #~ msgstr "Track visited links" #~ msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked" #~ msgstr "Whether visited links should be tracked" #~ msgid "The width of the layout" #~ msgstr "The width of the layout" #~ msgid "The height of the layout" #~ msgstr "The height of the layout" #~ msgid "Minimum height for filling blocks" #~ msgstr "Minimum height for filling blocks" #~ msgid "Minimum height for blocks that fill the bar" #~ msgstr "Minimum height for blocks that fill the bar" #~ msgid "Minimum width for filling blocks" #~ msgstr "Minimum width for filling blocks" #~ msgid "Minimum width for blocks that fill the bar" #~ msgstr "Minimum width for blocks that fill the bar" #~ msgid "Pack direction" #~ msgstr "Pack direction" #~ msgid "Child Pack direction" #~ msgstr "Child Pack direction" #~ msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar" #~ msgstr "The child pack direction of the menubar" #~ msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar" #~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the menubar" #~ msgid "Internal padding" #~ msgstr "Internal padding" #~ msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items" #~ msgid "Popup" #~ msgstr "Popup" #~ msgid "The dropdown menu." #~ msgstr "The dropdown menu." #~ msgid "Align with" #~ msgstr "Align with" #~ msgid "The parent widget which the menu should align with." #~ msgstr "The parent widget which the menu should align with." #~ msgid "Use a popover" #~ msgstr "Use a popover" #~ msgid "Use a popover instead of a menu" #~ msgstr "Use a popover instead of a menu" #~ msgid "The currently selected menu item" #~ msgstr "The currently selected menu item" #~ msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu" #~ msgstr "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu" #~ msgid "" #~ "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items" #~ msgstr "" #~ "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items" #~ msgid "Attach Widget" #~ msgstr "Attach Widget" #~ msgid "The widget the menu is attached to" #~ msgstr "The widget the menu is attached to" #~ msgid "" #~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is " #~ "torn-off" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is " #~ "torn-off" #~ msgid "Tearoff State" #~ msgstr "Tearoff State" #~ msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" #~ msgstr "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" #~ msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on" #~ msgstr "The monitor the menu will be popped up on" #~ msgid "Reserve Toggle Size" #~ msgstr "Reserve Toggle Size" #~ msgid "" #~ "A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and " #~ "icons" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and " #~ "icons" #~ msgid "Anchor hints" #~ msgstr "Anchor hints" #~ msgid "Positioning hints for when the menu might fall off-screen" #~ msgstr "Positioning hints for when the menu might fall off-screen" #~ msgid "Rect anchor dx" #~ msgstr "Rect anchor dx" #~ msgid "Rect anchor horizontal offset" #~ msgstr "Rect anchor horizontal offset" #~ msgid "Rect anchor dy" #~ msgstr "Rect anchor dy" #~ msgid "Rect anchor vertical offset" #~ msgstr "Rect anchor vertical offset" #~ msgid "Menu type hint" #~ msgstr "Menu type hint" #~ msgid "Menu window type hint" #~ msgstr "Menu window type hint" #~ msgid "Horizontal Padding" #~ msgstr "Horizontal Padding" #~ msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu" #~ msgstr "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu" #~ msgid "Vertical Padding" #~ msgstr "Vertical Padding" #~ msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" #~ msgstr "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu" #~ msgid "Vertical Offset" #~ msgstr "Vertical Offset" #~ msgid "" #~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " #~ "vertically" #~ msgstr "" #~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " #~ "vertically" #~ msgid "Horizontal Offset" #~ msgstr "Horizontal Offset" #~ msgid "" #~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " #~ "horizontally" #~ msgstr "" #~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset " #~ "horizontally" #~ msgid "Double Arrows" #~ msgstr "Double Arrows" #~ msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows." #~ msgstr "When scrolling, always show both arrows." #~ msgid "Arrow Placement" #~ msgstr "Arrow Placement" #~ msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed" #~ msgstr "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed" #~ msgid "Left Attach" #~ msgstr "Left Attach" #~ msgid "Right Attach" #~ msgstr "Right Attach" #~ msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" #~ msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of the child to" #~ msgid "Top Attach" #~ msgstr "Top Attach" #~ msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to" #~ msgstr "The row number to attach the top of the child to" #~ msgid "Bottom Attach" #~ msgstr "Bottom Attach" #~ msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow" #~ msgstr "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow" #~ msgid "Right Justified" #~ msgstr "Right Justified" #~ msgid "" #~ "Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu " #~ "bar" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu " #~ "bar" #~ msgid "Submenu" #~ msgstr "Submenu" #~ msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none" #~ msgstr "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none" #~ msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item" #~ msgstr "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item" #~ msgid "" #~ "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size" #~ msgid "Width in Characters" #~ msgstr "Width in Characters" #~ msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters" #~ msgstr "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters" #~ msgid "Take Focus" #~ msgstr "Take Focus" #~ msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus" #~ msgstr "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus" #~ msgid "The dropdown menu" #~ msgstr "The dropdown menu" #~ msgid "label border" #~ msgstr "label border" #~ msgid "Width of border around the label in the message dialog" #~ msgstr "Width of border around the label in the message dialog" #~ msgid "Image" #~ msgstr "Image" #~ msgid "The image" #~ msgstr "The image" #~ msgid "Centered" #~ msgstr "Centered" #~ msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label" #~ msgstr "The string displayed on the child's tab label" #~ msgid "Secondary backward stepper" #~ msgstr "Secondary backward stepper" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area" #~ msgid "Secondary forward stepper" #~ msgstr "Secondary forward stepper" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area" #~ msgid "Backward stepper" #~ msgstr "Backward stepper" #~ msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button" #~ msgstr "Display the standard backward arrow button" #~ msgid "Forward stepper" #~ msgstr "Forward stepper" #~ msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button" #~ msgstr "Display the standard forward arrow button" #~ msgid "Tab overlap" #~ msgstr "Tab overlap" #~ msgid "Size of tab overlap area" #~ msgstr "Size of tab overlap area" #~ msgid "Tab curvature" #~ msgstr "Tab curvature" #~ msgid "Size of tab curvature" #~ msgstr "Size of tab curvature" #~ msgid "Arrow spacing" #~ msgstr "Arrow spacing" #~ msgid "Scroll arrow spacing" #~ msgstr "Scroll arrow spacing" #~ msgid "Initial gap" #~ msgstr "Initial gap" #~ msgid "Initial gap before the first tab" #~ msgstr "Initial gap before the first tab" #~ msgid "Tab gap" #~ msgstr "Tab gap" #~ msgid "Active tab is drawn with a gap at the bottom" #~ msgstr "Active tab is drawn with a gap at the bottom" #~ msgid "Pass through input, does not affect main child" #~ msgstr "Pass through input, does not affect main child" #~ msgid "Index" #~ msgstr "Index" #~ msgid "The index of the overlay in the parent, -1 for the main child" #~ msgstr "The index of the overlay in the parent, -1 for the main child" #~ msgid "Handle Size" #~ msgstr "Handle Size" #~ msgid "Width of handle" #~ msgstr "Width of handle" #~ msgid "Resize" #~ msgstr "Resize" #~ msgid "Show 'Connect to Server'" #~ msgstr "Show 'Connect to Server'" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' " #~ "dialog" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' " #~ "dialog" #~ msgid "Show 'Enter Location'" #~ msgstr "Show 'Enter Location'" #~ msgid "Whether the sidebar only includes local files" #~ msgstr "Whether the sidebar only includes local files" #~ msgid "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for popups that are not menus" #~ msgstr "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for popups that are not menus" #~ msgid "Whether the plug is embedded" #~ msgstr "Whether the plug is embedded" #~ msgid "Socket Window" #~ msgstr "Socket Window" #~ msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in" #~ msgstr "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in" #~ msgid "Relative to" #~ msgstr "Relative to" #~ msgid "Widget the bubble window points to" #~ msgstr "Widget the bubble window points to" #~ msgid "Transitions enabled" #~ msgstr "Transitions enabled" #~ msgid "Whether show/hide transitions are enabled or not" #~ msgstr "Whether show/hide transitions are enabled or not" #~ msgid "Constraint for the popover position" #~ msgstr "Constraint for the popover position" #~ msgid "The name of the submenu" #~ msgstr "The name of the submenu" #~ msgid "X spacing" #~ msgstr "X spacing" #~ msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar." #~ msgstr "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar." #~ msgid "Y spacing" #~ msgstr "Y spacing" #~ msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar." #~ msgstr "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar." #~ msgid "Minimum horizontal bar width" #~ msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar width" #~ msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar" #~ msgstr "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar" #~ msgid "Minimum horizontal bar height" #~ msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar height" #~ msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar" #~ msgstr "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar" #~ msgid "Minimum vertical bar width" #~ msgstr "Minimum vertical bar width" #~ msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar" #~ msgstr "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar" #~ msgid "Minimum vertical bar height" #~ msgstr "Minimum vertical bar height" #~ msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar" #~ msgstr "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar" #~ msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to." #~ msgstr "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to." #~ msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to." #~ msgstr "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to." #~ msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity" #~ msgstr "Lower stepper sensitivity" #~ msgid "" #~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's " #~ "lower side" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's " #~ "lower side" #~ msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity" #~ msgstr "Upper stepper sensitivity" #~ msgid "" #~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's " #~ "upper side" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's " #~ "upper side" #~ msgid "Slider Width" #~ msgstr "Slider Width" #~ msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb" #~ msgstr "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb" #~ msgid "Trough Border" #~ msgstr "Trough Border" #~ msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel" #~ msgstr "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel" #~ msgid "Stepper Size" #~ msgstr "Stepper Size" #~ msgid "Length of step buttons at ends" #~ msgstr "Length of step buttons at ends" #~ msgid "Stepper Spacing" #~ msgstr "Stepper Spacing" #~ msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb" #~ msgstr "Spacing between step buttons and thumb" #~ msgid "Arrow X Displacement" #~ msgstr "Arrow X Displacement" #~ msgid "" #~ "How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed" #~ msgstr "" #~ "How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed" #~ msgid "Arrow Y Displacement" #~ msgstr "Arrow Y Displacement" #~ msgid "" #~ "How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed" #~ msgstr "" #~ "How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed" #~ msgid "Trough Under Steppers" #~ msgstr "Trough Under Steppers" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers " #~ "and spacing" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers " #~ "and spacing" #~ msgid "Arrow scaling" #~ msgstr "Arrow scaling" #~ msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size" #~ msgstr "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size" #~ msgid "The RecentManager object to use" #~ msgstr "The RecentManager object to use" #~ msgid "Show Private" #~ msgstr "Show Private" #~ msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed" #~ msgstr "Whether the private items should be displayed" #~ msgid "Show Tooltips" #~ msgstr "Show Tooltips" #~ msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item" #~ msgstr "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item" #~ msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item" #~ msgstr "Whether there should be an icon near the item" #~ msgid "Show Not Found" #~ msgstr "Show Not Found" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed" #~ msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected" #~ msgstr "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected" #~ msgid "Local only" #~ msgstr "Local only" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs" #~ msgid "Limit" #~ msgstr "Limit" #~ msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed" #~ msgstr "The maximum number of items to be displayed" #~ msgid "Sort Type" #~ msgstr "Sort Type" #~ msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed" #~ msgstr "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed" #~ msgid "The icon size" #~ msgstr "The icon size" #~ msgid "Length of scale's slider" #~ msgstr "Length of scale's slider" #~ msgid "Value spacing" #~ msgstr "Value spacing" #~ msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area" #~ msgstr "Space between value text and the slider/trough area" #~ msgid "Minimum Slider Length" #~ msgstr "Minimum Slider Length" #~ msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider" #~ msgstr "Minimum length of scrollbar slider" #~ msgid "Fixed slider size" #~ msgstr "Fixed slider size" #~ msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length" #~ msgstr "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the " #~ "scrollbar" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the " #~ "scrollbar" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar" #~ msgid "Window Placement Set" #~ msgstr "Window Placement Set" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of " #~ "the contents with respect to the scrollbars." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of " #~ "the contents with respect to the scrollbars." #~ msgid "Shadow Type" #~ msgstr "Shadow Type" #~ msgid "Scrollbars within bevel" #~ msgstr "Scrollbars within bevel" #~ msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel" #~ msgstr "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel" #~ msgid "Scrollbar spacing" #~ msgstr "Scrollbar spacing" #~ msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window" #~ msgstr "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window" #~ msgid "Draw" #~ msgstr "Draw" #~ msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank" #~ msgstr "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank" #~ msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name" #~ msgstr "Fallback Icon Theme Name" #~ msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to" #~ msgstr "Name of a icon theme to fall back to" #~ msgid "Key Theme Name" #~ msgstr "Key Theme Name" #~ msgid "Name of key theme to load" #~ msgstr "Name of key theme to load" #~ msgid "Menu bar accelerator" #~ msgstr "Menu bar accelerator" #~ msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar" #~ msgstr "Keybinding to activate the menu bar" #~ msgid "Icon Sizes" #~ msgstr "Icon Sizes" #~ msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..." #~ msgstr "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..." #~ msgid "GTK Modules" #~ msgstr "GTK Modules" #~ msgid "List of currently active GTK modules" #~ msgstr "List of currently active GTK modules" #~ msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu" #~ msgstr "Show the 'Input Methods' menu" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to " #~ "change the input method" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to " #~ "change the input method" #~ msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu" #~ msgstr "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to " #~ "insert control characters" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to " #~ "insert control characters" #~ msgid "Start timeout" #~ msgstr "Start timeout" #~ msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed" #~ msgstr "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed" #~ msgid "Repeat timeout" #~ msgstr "Repeat timeout" #~ msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed" #~ msgstr "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed" #~ msgid "Expand timeout" #~ msgstr "Expand timeout" #~ msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region" #~ msgstr "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region" #~ msgid "Color scheme" #~ msgstr "Color scheme" #~ msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes" #~ msgstr "A palette of named colors for use in themes" #~ msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode" #~ msgstr "Enable Touchscreen Mode" #~ msgid "" #~ "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen" #~ msgstr "" #~ "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen" #~ msgid "Tooltip timeout" #~ msgstr "Tooltip timeout" #~ msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown" #~ msgstr "Timeout before tooltip is shown" #~ msgid "Tooltip browse timeout" #~ msgstr "Tooltip browse timeout" #~ msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled" #~ msgstr "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled" #~ msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout" #~ msgstr "Tooltip browse mode timeout" #~ msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled" #~ msgstr "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled" #~ msgid "Keynav Cursor Only" #~ msgstr "Keynav Cursor Only" #~ msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets" #~ msgstr "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets" #~ msgid "Keynav Wrap Around" #~ msgstr "Keynav Wrap Around" #~ msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets" #~ msgstr "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets" #~ msgid "Color Hash" #~ msgstr "Color Hash" #~ msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme." #~ msgstr "A hash table representation of the color scheme." #~ msgid "Default file chooser backend" #~ msgstr "Default file chooser backend" #~ msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" #~ msgstr "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default" #~ msgid "Enable Mnemonics" #~ msgstr "Enable Mnemonics" #~ msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics" #~ msgstr "Whether labels should have mnemonics" #~ msgid "Recent Files Limit" #~ msgstr "Recent Files Limit" #~ msgid "Enable Tooltips" #~ msgstr "Enable Tooltips" #~ msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets" #~ msgstr "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets" #~ msgid "Toolbar style" #~ msgstr "Toolbar style" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc." #~ msgid "Toolbar Icon Size" #~ msgstr "Toolbar Icon Size" #~ msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars." #~ msgstr "The size of icons in default toolbars." #~ msgid "Auto Mnemonics" #~ msgstr "Auto Mnemonics" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user " #~ "presses the mnemonic activator." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user " #~ "presses the mnemonic activator." #~ msgid "Visible Focus" #~ msgstr "Visible Focus" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use " #~ "the keyboard." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use " #~ "the keyboard." #~ msgid "Show button images" #~ msgstr "Show button images" #~ msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons" #~ msgstr "Whether images should be shown on buttons" #~ msgid "Show menu images" #~ msgstr "Show menu images" #~ msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus" #~ msgstr "Whether images should be shown in menus" #~ msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear" #~ msgstr "Delay before drop down menus appear" #~ msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear" #~ msgstr "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear" #~ msgid "Scrolled Window Placement" #~ msgstr "Scrolled Window Placement" #~ msgid "" #~ "Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the " #~ "scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the " #~ "scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement." #~ msgid "Can change accelerators" #~ msgstr "Can change accelerators" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu " #~ "item" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu " #~ "item" #~ msgid "Delay before submenus appear" #~ msgstr "Delay before submenus appear" #~ msgid "" #~ "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu " #~ "appear" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu " #~ "appear" #~ msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu" #~ msgstr "Delay before hiding a submenu" #~ msgid "" #~ "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " #~ "submenu" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the " #~ "submenu" #~ msgid "Custom palette" #~ msgstr "Custom palette" #~ msgid "Palette to use in the color selector" #~ msgstr "Palette to use in the color selector" #~ msgid "IM Preedit style" #~ msgstr "IM Preedit style" #~ msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string" #~ msgstr "How to draw the input method preedit string" #~ msgid "IM Status style" #~ msgstr "IM Status style" #~ msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar" #~ msgstr "How to draw the input method statusbar" #~ msgid "" #~ "If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the " #~ "group" #~ msgstr "" #~ "If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the " #~ "group" #~ msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button" #~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the spin button" #~ msgid "Homogeneous sizing" #~ msgstr "Homogeneous sizing" #~ msgid "Symbolic size to use for named icon" #~ msgstr "Symbolic size to use for named icon" #~ msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text" #~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the statusbar text" #~ msgid "The associated GdkFrameClock" #~ msgstr "The associated GdkFrameClock" #~ msgid "Value type" #~ msgstr "Value type" #~ msgid "The value type returned by GtkStyleContext" #~ msgstr "The value type returned by GtkStyleContext" #~ msgid "The minimum width of the handle" #~ msgstr "The minimum width of the handle" #~ msgid "Slider Height" #~ msgstr "Slider Height" #~ msgid "The minimum height of the handle" #~ msgstr "The minimum height of the handle" #~ msgid "" #~ "The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND " #~ "source" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND " #~ "source" #~ msgid "Paste target list" #~ msgstr "Paste target list" #~ msgid "" #~ "The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND " #~ "destination" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND " #~ "destination" #~ msgid "Paragraph background color" #~ msgstr "Paragraph background color" #~ msgid "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor" #~ msgstr "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor" #~ msgid "Error underline color" #~ msgstr "Error underline color" #~ msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines" #~ msgstr "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines" #~ msgid "Draw Indicator" #~ msgstr "Draw Indicator" #~ msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed" #~ msgstr "If the toggle part of the button is displayed" #~ msgid "Toolbar Style" #~ msgstr "Toolbar Style" #~ msgid "How to draw the toolbar" #~ msgstr "How to draw the toolbar" #~ msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit" #~ msgstr "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit" #~ msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar" #~ msgstr "Size of icons in this toolbar" #~ msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set" #~ msgstr "Whether the icon-size property has been set" #~ msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows" #~ msgstr "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows" #~ msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items" #~ msgstr "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items" #~ msgid "Spacer size" #~ msgstr "Spacer size" #~ msgid "Size of spacers" #~ msgstr "Size of spacers" #~ msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons" #~ msgstr "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons" #~ msgid "Maximum child expand" #~ msgstr "Maximum child expand" #~ msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given" #~ msgstr "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given" #~ msgid "Space style" #~ msgstr "Space style" #~ msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank" #~ msgstr "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank" #~ msgid "Button relief" #~ msgstr "Button relief" #~ msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons" #~ msgstr "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons" #~ msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar" #~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the toolbar" #~ msgid "" #~ "If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next " #~ "character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow " #~ "menu" #~ msgstr "" #~ "If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next " #~ "character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow " #~ "menu" #~ msgid "Widget to use as the item label" #~ msgstr "Widget to use as the item label" #~ msgid "Stock Id" #~ msgstr "Stock Id" #~ msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item" #~ msgstr "The stock icon displayed on the item" #~ msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item" #~ msgstr "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item" #~ msgid "Icon widget to display in the item" #~ msgstr "Icon widget to display in the item" #~ msgid "Icon spacing" #~ msgstr "Icon spacing" #~ msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label" #~ msgstr "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar " #~ "buttons show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar " #~ "buttons show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode" #~ msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label" #~ msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual label" #~ msgid "Collapsed" #~ msgstr "Collapsed" #~ msgid "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden" #~ msgstr "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden" #~ msgid "ellipsize" #~ msgstr "ellipsize" #~ msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers" #~ msgstr "Ellipsize for item group headers" #~ msgid "Header Relief" #~ msgstr "Header Relief" #~ msgid "Relief of the group header button" #~ msgstr "Relief of the group header button" #~ msgid "Header Spacing" #~ msgstr "Header Spacing" #~ msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption" #~ msgstr "Spacing between expander arrow and caption" #~ msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows" #~ msgstr "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows" #~ msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space" #~ msgstr "Whether the item should fill the available space" #~ msgid "New Row" #~ msgstr "New Row" #~ msgid "Whether the item should start a new row" #~ msgstr "Whether the item should start a new row" #~ msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette" #~ msgstr "Size of icons in this tool palette" #~ msgid "Style of items in the tool palette" #~ msgstr "Style of items in the tool palette" #~ msgid "Exclusive" #~ msgstr "Exclusive" #~ msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time" #~ msgstr "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows" #~ msgid "TreeMenu model" #~ msgstr "TreeMenu model" #~ msgid "TreeMenu root row" #~ msgstr "TreeMenu root row" #~ msgid "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root" #~ msgstr "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root" #~ msgid "Tearoff" #~ msgstr "Tearoff" #~ msgid "Whether the menu has a tearoff item" #~ msgstr "Whether the menu has a tearoff item" #~ msgid "Wrap Width" #~ msgstr "Wrap Width" #~ msgid "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid" #~ msgstr "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid" #~ msgid "Rules Hint" #~ msgstr "Rules Hint" #~ msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors" #~ msgstr "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors" #~ msgid "Vertical Separator Width" #~ msgstr "Vertical Separator Width" #~ msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number" #~ msgstr "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number" #~ msgid "Horizontal Separator Width" #~ msgstr "Horizontal Separator Width" #~ msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number" #~ msgstr "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number" #~ msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows" #~ msgstr "Allow drawing of alternating color rows" #~ msgid "Indent Expanders" #~ msgstr "Indent Expanders" #~ msgid "Make the expanders indented" #~ msgstr "Make the expanders indented" #~ msgid "Even Row Color" #~ msgstr "Even Row Color" #~ msgid "Color to use for even rows" #~ msgstr "Color to use for even rows" #~ msgid "Odd Row Color" #~ msgstr "Odd Row Color" #~ msgid "Color to use for odd rows" #~ msgstr "Color to use for odd rows" #~ msgid "Grid line width" #~ msgstr "Grid line width" #~ msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines" #~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines" #~ msgid "Tree line width" #~ msgstr "Tree line width" #~ msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines" #~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines" #~ msgid "Grid line pattern" #~ msgstr "Grid line pattern" #~ msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines" #~ msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines" #~ msgid "Tree line pattern" #~ msgstr "Tree line pattern" #~ msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines" #~ msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines" #~ msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn" #~ msgstr "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn" #~ msgid "Application paintable" #~ msgstr "Application paintable" #~ msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget" #~ msgstr "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget" #~ msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel" #~ msgstr "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel" #~ msgid "Can default" #~ msgstr "Can default" #~ msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget" #~ msgstr "Whether the widget can be the default widget" #~ msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget" #~ msgstr "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget" #~ msgid "Style" #~ msgstr "Style" #~ msgid "" #~ "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will " #~ "look (colors etc)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will " #~ "look (colors etc)" #~ msgid "Events" #~ msgstr "Events" #~ msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets" #~ msgstr "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets" #~ msgid "No show all" #~ msgstr "No show all" #~ msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" #~ msgstr "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget" #~ msgid "The widget's window if it is realized" #~ msgstr "The widget's window if it is realized" #~ msgid "Double Buffered" #~ msgstr "Double Buffered" #~ msgid "Whether the widget is double buffered" #~ msgstr "Whether the widget is double buffered" #~ msgid "Margin on Left" #~ msgstr "Margin on Left" #~ msgid "Pixels of extra space on the left side" #~ msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the left side" #~ msgid "Margin on Right" #~ msgstr "Margin on Right" #~ msgid "Pixels of extra space on the right side" #~ msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the right side" #~ msgid "All Margins" #~ msgstr "All Margins" #~ msgid "Pixels of extra space on all four sides" #~ msgstr "Pixels of extra space on all four sides" #~ msgid "Expand Both" #~ msgstr "Expand Both" #~ msgid "Interior Focus" #~ msgstr "Interior Focus" #~ msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" #~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line" #~ msgid "Focus line dash pattern" #~ msgstr "Focus line dash pattern" #~ msgid "" #~ "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator. The character values are " #~ "interpreted as pixel widths of alternating on and off segments of the " #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator. The character values are " #~ "interpreted as pixel widths of alternating on and off segments of the " #~ "line." #~ msgid "Focus padding" #~ msgstr "Focus padding" #~ msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" #~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'" #~ msgid "Cursor color" #~ msgstr "Cursor color" #~ msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" #~ msgstr "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" #~ msgid "Secondary cursor color" #~ msgstr "Secondary cursor color" #~ msgid "" #~ "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing " #~ "mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing " #~ "mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text" #~ msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" #~ msgstr "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor" #~ msgid "Window dragging" #~ msgstr "Window dragging" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether windows can be dragged and maximized by clicking on empty areas" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether windows can be dragged and maximized by clicking on empty areas" #~ msgid "Unvisited Link Color" #~ msgstr "Unvisited Link Color" #~ msgid "Color of unvisited links" #~ msgstr "Color of unvisited links" #~ msgid "Visited Link Color" #~ msgstr "Visited Link Color" #~ msgid "Color of visited links" #~ msgstr "Color of visited links" #~ msgid "Wide Separators" #~ msgstr "Wide Separators" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a " #~ "box instead of a line" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a " #~ "box instead of a line" #~ msgid "Separator Width" #~ msgstr "Separator Width" #~ msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE" #~ msgstr "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE" #~ msgid "Separator Height" #~ msgstr "Separator Height" #~ msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE" #~ msgstr "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE" #~ msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length" #~ msgstr "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length" #~ msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows" #~ msgstr "The length of horizontal scroll arrows" #~ msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length" #~ msgstr "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length" #~ msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows" #~ msgstr "The length of vertical scroll arrows" #~ msgid "Width of text selection handles" #~ msgstr "Width of text selection handles" #~ msgid "Height of text selection handles" #~ msgstr "Height of text selection handles" #~ msgid "The type of the window" #~ msgstr "The type of the window" #~ msgid "Window Role" #~ msgstr "Window Role" #~ msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session" #~ msgid "Window Position" #~ msgstr "Window Position" #~ msgid "The initial position of the window" #~ msgstr "The initial position of the window" #~ msgid "" #~ "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window" #~ msgid "" #~ "The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window" #~ msgid "Hide the titlebar during maximization" #~ msgstr "Hide the titlebar during maximization" #~ msgid "" #~ "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized" #~ msgstr "" #~ "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized" #~ msgid "Icon for this window" #~ msgstr "Icon for this window" #~ msgid "Focus in Toplevel" #~ msgstr "Focus in Toplevel" #~ msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow" #~ msgstr "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow" #~ msgid "Type hint" #~ msgstr "Type hint" #~ msgid "" #~ "Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this " #~ "is and how to treat it." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this " #~ "is and how to treat it." #~ msgid "Skip taskbar" #~ msgstr "Skip taskbar" #~ msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar." #~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar." #~ msgid "Skip pager" #~ msgstr "Skip pager" #~ msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager." #~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager." #~ msgid "Urgent" #~ msgstr "Urgent" #~ msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention." #~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention." #~ msgid "Accept focus" #~ msgstr "Accept focus" #~ msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus." #~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus." #~ msgid "Focus on map" #~ msgstr "Focus on map" #~ msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped." #~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped." #~ msgid "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip" #~ msgstr "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip" #~ msgid "Resize grip is visible" #~ msgstr "Resize grip is visible" #~ msgid "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible." #~ msgstr "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible." #~ msgid "Gravity" #~ msgstr "Gravity" #~ msgid "The window gravity of the window" #~ msgstr "The window gravity of the window" #~ msgid "Attached to Widget" #~ msgstr "Attached to Widget" #~ msgid "The widget where the window is attached" #~ msgstr "The widget where the window is attached" #~ msgid "Decorated button layout" #~ msgstr "Decorated button layout" #~ msgid "Decoration resize handle size" #~ msgstr "Decoration resize handle size" #~ msgid "The number of decimal places to which the value is rounded" #~ msgstr "The number of decimal places to which the value is rounded" #~ msgid "Sans 12" #~ msgstr "Sans 12" #~ msgid "Name of default font to use" #~ msgstr "Name of default font to use" #~ msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse" #~ msgstr "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse" #~ msgid "The GDK display the context is from" #~ msgstr "The GDK display the context is from" #~ msgid "The GL profile the context was created for" #~ msgstr "The GL profile the context was created for" #~ msgid "Affects font" #~ msgstr "Affects font" #~ msgid "Set if the value affects the font" #~ msgstr "Set if the value affects the font" #~ msgid "The GL profile to use for the GL context" #~ msgstr "The GL profile to use for the GL context" #~ msgid "Width of resize grip" #~ msgstr "Width of resize grip" #~ msgid "Height of resize grip" #~ msgstr "Height of resize grip" #~ msgid "Hold Time" #~ msgstr "Hold Time" #~ msgid "Drag Threshold" #~ msgstr "Drag Threshold" #~ msgid "Drag Threshold (in pixels)" #~ msgstr "Drag Threshold (in pixels)" #~ msgid "inspected" #~ msgstr "inspected" #~ msgid "The dropdown menu's model." #~ msgstr "The dropdown menu's model." #~ msgid "menu-model" #~ msgstr "menu-model" #~ msgid "align-widget" #~ msgstr "align-widget" #~ msgid "direction" #~ msgstr "direction" #~ msgid "Window the coordinates are based upon" #~ msgstr "Window the coordinates are based upon" #~ msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" #~ msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator" #~ msgid "The amount of space to the left and right of children" #~ msgstr "The amount of space to the left and right of children" #~ msgid "The amount of space to the above and below children" #~ msgstr "The amount of space to the above and below children" #~ msgid "menu" #~ msgstr "menu" #~ msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog" #~ msgstr "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog" #~ msgid "Specified type" #~ msgstr "Specified type" #~ msgid "Computed type" #~ msgstr "Computed type" #~ msgid "The type of values after style lookup" #~ msgstr "The type of values after style lookup" #~ msgid "Event base" #~ msgstr "Event base" #~ msgid "Event base for XInput events" #~ msgstr "Event base for XInput events" #~ msgid "Background rgba" #~ msgstr "Background rgba" #~ msgid "Foreground rgba" #~ msgstr "Foreground rgba" #~ msgid "Paragraph background rgba" #~ msgstr "Paragraph background rgba" #~ msgid "Not Authorized Text" #~ msgstr "Not Authorized Text" #~ msgid "" #~ "The text to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The text to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization" #~ msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #~ msgstr "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #~ msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #~ msgstr "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #~ msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #~ msgstr "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #~ msgid "Tab pack type" #~ msgstr "Tab pack type" #~ msgid "Update policy" #~ msgstr "Update policy" #~ msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen" #~ msgstr "How the range should be updated on the screen" #~ msgid "Number of steps" #~ msgstr "Number of steps" #~ msgid "" #~ "The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The " #~ "animation will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see " #~ "#GtkSpinner:cycle-duration)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The " #~ "animation will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see " #~ "#GtkSpinner:cycle-duration)." #~ msgid "" #~ "The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop" #~ msgid "" #~ "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, " #~ "it defaults to the URL" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, " #~ "it defaults to the URL" #~ msgid "Extension events" #~ msgstr "Extension events" #~ msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets" #~ msgid "Lower" #~ msgstr "Lower" #~ msgid "Lower limit of ruler" #~ msgstr "Lower limit of ruler" #~ msgid "Upper" #~ msgstr "Upper" #~ msgid "Upper limit of ruler" #~ msgstr "Upper limit of ruler" #~ msgid "Max Size" #~ msgstr "Max Size" #~ msgid "Metric" #~ msgstr "Metric" #~ msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel" #~ msgstr "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel" #~ msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget" #~ msgstr "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget" #~ msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget" #~ msgstr "Vertical Adjustment for the widget" #~ msgid "" #~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position " #~ "for this viewport" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position " #~ "for this viewport" #~ msgid "" #~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for " #~ "this viewport" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for " #~ "this viewport" #~ msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons" #~ msgstr "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons" #~ msgid "State Hint" #~ msgstr "State Hint" #~ msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background" #~ msgstr "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background" #~ msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead" #~ msgstr "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead" #~ msgid "Pixmap" #~ msgstr "Pixmap" #~ msgid "A GdkPixmap to display" #~ msgstr "A GdkPixmap to display" #~ msgid "Mask" #~ msgstr "Mask" #~ msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap" #~ msgstr "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the " #~ "buttons" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the " #~ "buttons" #~ msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag" #~ msgstr "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag" #~ msgid "" #~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with " #~ "shadow IN while they are dragged" #~ msgstr "" #~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with " #~ "shadow IN while they are dragged" #~ msgid "Trough Side Details" #~ msgstr "Trough Side Details" #~ msgid "" #~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are " #~ "drawn with different details" #~ msgstr "" #~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are " #~ "drawn with different details" #~ msgid "Stepper Position Details" #~ msgstr "Stepper Position Details" #~ msgid "" #~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with " #~ "position information" #~ msgstr "" #~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with " #~ "position information" #~ msgid "Blinking" #~ msgstr "Blinking" #~ msgid "Row Ending details" #~ msgstr "Row Ending details" #~ msgid "Enable extended row background theming" #~ msgstr "Enable extended row background theming" #~ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer" #~ msgstr "the GdkScreen for the renderer" #~ msgid "A GdkImage to display" #~ msgstr "A GdkImage to display" #~ msgid "Background stipple mask" #~ msgstr "Background stipple mask" #~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background" #~ msgstr "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background" #~ msgid "Foreground stipple mask" #~ msgstr "Foreground stipple mask" #~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground" #~ msgstr "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground" #~ msgid "Background stipple set" #~ msgstr "Background stipple set" #~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple" #~ msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background stipple" #~ msgid "Foreground stipple set" #~ msgstr "Foreground stipple set" #~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple" #~ msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple" #~ msgid "Draw Border" #~ msgstr "Draw Border" #~ msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw" #~ msgstr "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw" #~ msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton." #~ msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton." #~ msgid "Invisible char set" #~ msgstr "Invisible char set" #~ msgid "" #~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by " #~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by " #~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()" #~ msgid "Allow Shrink" #~ msgstr "Allow Shrink" #~ msgid "" #~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of " #~ "the time a bad idea" #~ msgstr "" #~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of " #~ "the time a bad idea" #~ msgid "Allow Grow" #~ msgstr "Allow Grow" #~ msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size" #~ msgstr "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size" #~ msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end" #~ msgstr "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end" #~ msgid "Number of Channels" #~ msgstr "Number of Channels" #~ msgid "The number of samples per pixel" #~ msgstr "The number of samples per pixel" #~ msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted" #~ msgstr "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted" #~ msgid "Bits per Sample" #~ msgstr "Bits per Sample" #~ msgid "The number of bits per sample" #~ msgstr "The number of bits per sample" #~ msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf" #~ msgstr "The number of columns of the pixbuf" #~ msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf" #~ msgstr "The number of rows of the pixbuf" #~ msgid "Rowstride" #~ msgstr "Rowstride" #~ msgid "" #~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next " #~ "row" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next " #~ "row" #~ msgid "Pixels" #~ msgstr "Pixels" #~ msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf" #~ msgstr "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf" #~ msgid "Activity mode" #~ msgstr "Activity mode" #~ msgid "" #~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals " #~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. " #~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will " #~ "take." #~ msgstr "" #~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals " #~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. " #~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will " #~ "take." #~ msgid "Enable arrow keys" #~ msgstr "Enable arrow keys" #~ msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items" #~ msgstr "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items" #~ msgid "Always enable arrows" #~ msgstr "Always enable arrows" #~ msgid "Obsolete property, ignored" #~ msgstr "Obsolete property, ignored" #~ msgid "Case sensitive" #~ msgstr "Case sensitive" #~ msgid "Allow empty" #~ msgstr "Allow empty" #~ msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field" #~ msgstr "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field" #~ msgid "Value in list" #~ msgstr "Value in list" #~ msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list" #~ msgstr "Whether entered values must already be present in the list" #~ msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form" #~ msgstr "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form" #~ msgid "Minimum X" #~ msgstr "Minimum X" #~ msgid "Maximum X" #~ msgstr "Maximum X" #~ msgid "Maximum possible X value" #~ msgstr "Maximum possible X value" #~ msgid "Minimum Y" #~ msgstr "Minimum Y" #~ msgid "Minimum possible value for Y" #~ msgstr "Minimum possible value for Y" #~ msgid "Maximum Y" #~ msgstr "Maximum Y" #~ msgid "File System Backend" #~ msgstr "File System Backend" #~ msgid "Name of file system backend to use" #~ msgstr "Name of file system backend to use" #~ msgid "The currently selected filename" #~ msgstr "The currently selected filename" #~ msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed" #~ msgstr "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed" #~ msgid "Tab Border" #~ msgstr "Tab Border" #~ msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels" #~ msgstr "Width of the border around the tab labels" #~ msgid "Horizontal Tab Border" #~ msgstr "Horizontal Tab Border" #~ msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels" #~ msgstr "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels" #~ msgid "Vertical Tab Border" #~ msgstr "Vertical Tab Border" #~ msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels" #~ msgstr "Width of the vertical border of tab labels" #~ msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes" #~ msgstr "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes" #~ msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop" #~ msgstr "Group ID for tabs drag and drop" #~ msgid "User Data" #~ msgstr "User Data" #~ msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer" #~ msgstr "Anonymous User Data Pointer" #~ msgid "Size of dropdown indicator" #~ msgstr "Size of dropdown indicator" #~ msgid "Spacing around indicator" #~ msgstr "Spacing around indicator" #~ msgid "" #~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated" #~ msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)" #~ msgstr "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)" #~ msgid "Bar style" #~ msgstr "Bar style" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)" #~ msgid "Activity Step" #~ msgstr "Activity Step" #~ msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)" #~ msgstr "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)" #~ msgid "Activity Blocks" #~ msgstr "Activity Blocks" #~ msgid "" #~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity " #~ "mode (Deprecated)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity " #~ "mode (Deprecated)" #~ msgid "Discrete Blocks" #~ msgstr "Discrete Blocks" #~ msgid "" #~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the " #~ "discrete style)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the " #~ "discrete style)" #~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget" #~ msgstr "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget" #~ msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget" #~ msgstr "Vertical adjustment for the text widget" #~ msgid "Line Wrap" #~ msgstr "Line Wrap" #~ msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges" #~ msgstr "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges" #~ msgid "Word Wrap" #~ msgstr "Word Wrap" #~ msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges" #~ msgstr "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges" #~ msgid "Tooltips" #~ msgstr "Tooltips" #~ msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not" #~ msgstr "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not" #~ msgid "The orientation of the toolbar" #~ msgstr "The orientation of the toolbar" #~ msgid "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons" #~ msgstr "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons" #~ msgid "" #~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the " #~ "text in the progress widget" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the " #~ "text in the progress widget" #~ msgid "" #~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the " #~ "text in the progress widget" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the " #~ "text in the progress widget" #~ msgid "The current page in the document." #~ msgstr "The page size of the adjustment" #~ msgid "Homogenous" #~ msgstr "Homogenous" #~ msgid "Show Preview" #~ msgstr "Show text" #~ msgid "Width In Chararacters" #~ msgstr "Width In Chararacters" #~ msgid "Folder Mode" #~ msgstr "Folder Mode"